You are on page 1of 155

SVM152-A

JULY, 2000

INVERTEC V350-PRO
For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669

ad nt
na
Lo ed do um no
ng
er du
t,
ci
et ips m mag
tu ci
eli
is
rem
te tin
dia e
ip ut
laore
lor
ec
Lo ed do
ad nt
t,
ns mod
et
eli
er du
re
co is
tu ci
lao
et eu erat te tin
bh m ec od
t am
ns
si y ni ua co ism
r
iq
lo mm al et eu at
er
do nu
num na t am bh m
m
ni
ag
su no m r si y iqua
ip am
lo m al
m di lore do umm
n na
re ed do m nu
Lo it, t su no mag
el ee ip am re
or
la rem di lo
ed do
Lo it, t
el ee
or
la

ing
sc
ipi
ad t ut
er
un
tu cid
ing
te
sc
tin
ec
ipi
ns od
ad t ut
co ism
un
et eu at tuer
cid
ing
am h
er te
tin
sc
nib am ec
sit
ipi
y
ns od
lor m
qu co
ad t ut
ism
do umm ali et
un
ing
eu at tuer
nnu na
sc
cid
um no
am h
er te
ipi
tin
ips m mag sit
nib am ec
ad t ut
m dia e lor my qu
ns od er
un
re
co ism
lor
m
tu cid
Lo ed do do nnuum ali et
t,
eu at te tin
na
et um no
am h
er ec
eli
re ips m mag
nib am ns od
sit
co ism
y
lao m dia e
lor m
quet
re
lor
ing
do umm aliam h eu erat
Lo ed do
sc
t,
nnu na
et
um no
ipi
nib
sit
eli
am
re ips
ag
y
ad t ut
m mlor m
qu
lao m
er
un
dia edo umm ali
tu cid
re
lor
nnu na
te
ing
Lo ed doum no
tin
ec
t,
sc
ag
et ips m m
ns od
eli
ipi
rem
ut
e
co
dia
ad
t
ism
lor
laore ed
ing
et eu at
er
un
Lo
do
sc
t,
am h
er tetu cid
ipi
et
eli
tin
nib am
sit
re
ec
ad t ut
y
ns od
lor m
lao
er
un
qu
ing
tu cid
co ism
do umm ali
sc
te
et eu at
nnu na
ipi
tin
um no
ec
ad t ut
am h
er
ns od
ips m mag
er
un
nib am
sit
co ism
m dia e
tu cid
y
et eu at te
re
lor m
qu
lor
tin
Lo ed do
do umm ali
am h
er ec
t,
nnu na
et
nib am ns od
sit
eli
um no
co ism
y
re
lor m
ips m mag
quet
lao m
eu at
do umm ali
dia e
ng
er
re
nnu na am h
lor
ci
um no
nib am
sit
Lo ed do
is
y
t,
ips m maglor
qu
et
ip ut
eli
m dia e do mm ali
re
re
lor
nnuum
lao

ng
ci
is
ip ut

ER
W
PO

lao

F
OF

RO
-P
50
V3

TE
RM
IN
AL
S
WEL
D

ing
sc
ipi
ad t ut
er
un
tu cid
ing
te
sc
tin
ec
ipi
ns od
ad t ut
co ism
un
et eu at tuer
cid
ing
am h
er te
tin
sc
nib am ec
sit
ipi
y
ns od
lor m
qu co
ad t ut
ism
do umm ali et
un
eu at tuer
nnu na
cid
um no
am h
er te
ag
tin
ips
nib
sit
ec
ing
m
m
am
m dia e lor my qu
sc
ns od
re
ipi
co ism
lor
m
Lo ed do do nnuum ali et
ad t ut
t,
eu at
na
er
un
et um no
am h
er
eli
tu cid
re ips m mag
nib am
sit
te
y
lao m dia e
tin
ec
lor m
qu
re
ing
lor
ns od
do umm ali
Lo ed do
sc
co ism
t,
nnu na
ipi
et
um no
eli
et eu at
ad t ut
re ips
ag
m m
am h
er
er
un
lao m
e
ing
tu
nib
sit
dia
cid
am
re
te
y
sc
lor
tin
lor m
qu
Lo ed do
ec
ipi
t,
do umm ali
ns od
ad t ut
et
eli
nnu na
co ism
re
er
un
um no
et eu at tu cid
lao
ips m mag
am h
er ecte tin
m dia e
re
nib am ns od
sit
lor
y
Lo ed do
lor m
qu co ism
ing
t,
et
do umm ali et eu at
sc
eli
re
nnu na am h
ipi
er
um no
ad t ut
lao
ips m mag sit y nib am
er
un
m dia e lor m
qu
tu cid
re
te
lor do umm ali
tin
ec
Lo ed do
nnu na
t,
um no
ns od
et
ag
eli
co ism
re ips m m
et eu at
lao rem dia e
lor
am h
er
Lo ed do
t,
nib
sit
et
eli
re

RT

EC
TE
MO
RE

SE
LE
CT

VE
IN
G
IN
RN
WA

OU
TP
UT

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC

A
A T
PR VIS TEN
EC O D TIO
AU E N
CIO
N
ad nt
am
y
ng
er du
lor m
qu
ci
tu ci
do umm ali
is
te tin
nnu na
ip ut
um no
ec
ad nt
ips m mag
ns mod
m dia e
er du
re
co is
lor
tu ci
Lo ed do
et eu erat te tin
t,
et
eli
bh m ec od
re
t am
ns
lao
si y ni ua co ism
r
iq
lo mm al et eu at
er
do nu
num na t am bh m
m
ni
ag
su no m r si y iqua
ip am
lo m al
m di lore do umm
n na
re ed do m nu
Lo it, t su no mag
el ee ip am re
or
la rem di lo
ed do
Lo it, t
el ee
or
la

AM
PS

VO
LTS

ON

Lincoln arc welding and cutting


equipment is designed and built
with safety in mind. However,
your overall safety can be
increased by proper installation
. . . and thoughtful operation on
your part. DO NOT INSTALL,
OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS
EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READING THIS MANUAL AND THE
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTAINED THROUGHOUT. And,
most importantly, think before
you act and be careful.

W
WA ARN
IN
RN
G
IN
G

Safety Depends on You

SERVICE MANUAL

Copyright 2000 Lincoln Global Inc.

World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products


Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide

Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com

SAFETY

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents
are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
The Above For Diesel Engines

The engine exhaust from this product contains


chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.
The Above For Gasoline Engines

ARC WELDING CAN BE HAZARDOUS. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING.
Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that you
purchase a copy of Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1 from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040,
Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of Arc Welding Safety booklet E205 is available from the
Lincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199.

BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE
PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS.

FOR ENGINE
powered equipment.

1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the


radiator pressure cap when the engine is
hot.

1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance


work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running.
____________________________________________________
1.b. Operate engines in open, well-ventilated
areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes
outdoors.

____________________________________________________
1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame welding arc or when the engine is running. Stop
the engine and allow it to cool before refueling to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on
contact with hot engine parts and igniting. Do
not spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled,
wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes
have been eliminated.
____________________________________________________
1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in position and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and tools
away from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts
when starting, operating or repairing equipment.
____________________________________________________
1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety
guards to perform required maintenance. Remove
guards only when necessary and replace them when the
maintenance requiring their removal is complete.
Always use the greatest care when working near moving
parts.
___________________________________________________
1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan.
Do not attempt to override the governor or
idler by pushing on the throttle control rods
while the engine is running.

ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC FIELDS
may be dangerous
2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes
localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding
current creates EMF fields around welding cables and
welding machines
2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, and
welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician
before welding.
2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health
effects which are now not known.
2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order to
minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit:
2.d.1. Route the electrode and work cables together - Secure
them with tape when possible.
2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body.
2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode and
work cables. If the electrode cable is on your right
side, the work cable should also be on your right side.
2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as
possible to the area being welded.

___________________________________________________
1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while
turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance
work, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap or
magneto wire as appropriate.

2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source.

Mar 95

ii

ii

SAFETY
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.

ARC RAYS can burn.

3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits


are electrically hot when the welder is on.
Do not touch these hot parts with your bare
skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free
gloves to insulate hands.

4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover


plates to protect your eyes from sparks and
the rays of the arc when welding or observing
open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens
should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.

3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation.
Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full
area of physical contact with work and ground.

4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant


material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from
the arc rays.

In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding


must be performed under electrically hazardous
conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet
clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or
scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,
kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or
accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use
the following equipment:
Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder.
DC Manual (Stick) Welder.
AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control.

4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable


screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose
themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.

3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode,


electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic
welding gun are also electrically hot.
3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical
connection with the metal being welded. The connection
should be as close as possible to the area being welded.
3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical
(earth) ground.
3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and
welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace
damaged insulation.
3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.
3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically hot parts of
electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage
between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage
of both welders.
3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect
yourself from a fall should you get a shock.
3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.

FUMES AND GASES


can be dangerous.
5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases
hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these
fumes and gases.When welding, keep
your head out of the fume. Use enough
ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep
fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When
welding with electrodes which require special
ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see
instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or
cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings
which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as
low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In
confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a
respirator may be required. Additional precautions are
also required when welding on galvanized steel.
5.b. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors
coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.
The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to
form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating
products.
5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and
cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,
especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.
5.d. Read and understand the manufacturers instructions for this
equipment and the consumables to be used, including the
material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your
employers safety practices. MSDS forms are available from
your welding distributor or from the manufacturer.
5.e. Also see item 1.b.

Mar 95

iii

iii

SAFETY
WELDING SPARKS can
cause fire or explosion.
6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area.
If this is not possible, cover them to prevent
the welding sparks from starting a fire.
Remember that welding sparks and hot
materials from welding can easily go through small cracks
and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near
hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available.

6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site,


special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous
situations. Refer to Safety in Welding and Cutting (ANSI
Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the
equipment being used.
6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode
circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can
cause overheating and create a fire hazard.
6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the
proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures
will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances
inside. They can cause an explosion even though they have
been cleaned. For information, purchase Recommended
Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of
Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous
Substances, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society
(see address above).
6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or
welding. They may explode.
6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil
free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,
cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear
ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.
Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a
welding area.
6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding
area as practical. Work cables connected to the building
framework or other locations away from the welding area
increase the possibility of the welding current passing
through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits.
This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or
cables until they fail.
6.h. Also see item 1.c.

CYLINDER may explode


if damaged.
7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders
containing the correct shielding gas for the
process used and properly operating
regulators designed for the gas and
pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for
the application and maintained in good condition.
7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely
chained to an undercarriage or fixed support.
7.c. Cylinders should be located:
Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to
physical damage.
A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and
any other source of heat, sparks, or flame.
7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other
electrically hot parts to touch a cylinder.
7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet
when opening the cylinder valve.
7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand
tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for
use.
7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas
cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,
Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in
Cylinders, available from the Compressed Gas Association
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.

FOR ELECTRICALLY
powered equipment.
8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect
switch at the fuse box before working on
the equipment.
8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturers
recommendations.
8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
Electrical Code and the manufacturers recommendations.

Mar 95

iv

SAFETY

iv

PRCAUTIONS DE SRET

6. Eloigner les matriaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de


prvenir tout risque dincendie d aux tincelles.

Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions


et les prcautions de sret specifiques qui parraissent dans ce
manuel aussi bien que les prcautions de sret gnrales suivantes:

7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince une endroit isol de


la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un
chauffement et un risque dincendie.

Sret Pour Soudage A LArc


1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse lectrique:
a. Les circuits llectrode et la pice sont sous tension
quand la machine souder est en marche. Eviter toujours
tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue
ou les vtements mouills. Porter des gants secs et sans
trous pour isoler les mains.
b. Faire trs attention de bien sisoler de la masse quand on
soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher metallique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans
les positions assis ou couch pour lesquelles une grande
partie du corps peut tre en contact avec la masse.
c. Maintenir le porte-lectrode, la pince de masse, le cble de
soudage et la machine souder en bon et sr tat defonctionnement.
d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-lectrode dans leau pour le
refroidir.
e. Ne jamais toucher simultanment les parties sous tension
des porte-lectrodes connects deux machines souder
parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut tre le total
de la tension vide des deux machines.
f. Si on utilise la machine souder comme une source de
courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions
pour le porte-lectrode sapplicuent aussi au pistolet de
soudage.
2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protger
contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais
enrouler le cble-lectrode autour de nimporte quelle partie du
corps.

8. Sassurer que la masse est connecte le plus prs possible de


la zone de travail quil est pratique de le faire. Si on place la
masse sur la charpente de la construction ou dautres endroits
loigns de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir
passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,
cbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des
risques dincendie ou dechauffement des chaines et des
cbles jusqu ce quils se rompent.
9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.
Ceci est particulirement important pour le soudage de tles
galvanises plombes, ou cadmies ou tout autre mtal qui
produit des fumes toxiques.
10. Ne pas souder en prsence de vapeurs de chlore provenant
doprations de dgraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La
chaleur ou les rayons de larc peuvent ragir avec les vapeurs
du solvant pour produire du phosgne (gas fortement toxique)
ou autres produits irritants.
11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sret, voir
le code Code for safety in welding and cutting CSA Standard
W 117.2-1974.

PRCAUTIONS DE SRET POUR


LES MACHINES SOUDER
TRANSFORMATEUR ET
REDRESSEUR

3. Un coup darc peut tre plus svre quun coup de soliel, donc:
a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant appropri ainsi
quun verre blanc afin de se protger les yeux du rayonnement de larc et des projections quand on soude ou
quand on regarde larc.
b. Porter des vtements convenables afin de protger la peau
de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de larc.
c. Protger lautre personnel travaillant proximit au
soudage laide dcrans appropris et non-inflammables.
4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont mises de larc de
soudage. Se protger avec des vtements de protection libres
de lhuile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise paisse, pantalons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.
5. Toujours porter des lunettes de scurit dans la zone de
soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec crans lateraux dans les
zones o lon pique le laitier.

1. Relier la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de


llectricit et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif
de montage ou la piece souder doit tre branch une
bonne mise la terre.
2. Autant que possible, Iinstallation et lentretien du poste seront
effectus par un lectricien qualifi.
3. Avant de faires des travaux linterieur de poste, la debrancher linterrupteur la boite de fusibles.
4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sret leur place.

MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS


Page
Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv
Installation .............................................................................................................................Section A
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2
Troubleshooting Guide ................................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15
Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51
Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G
Parts Manual ....................................................................................................................P-369 Series

V350-PRO

SectionA-1

Section A-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- INSTALLATION SECTION Installation
Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................A-2
Input Grounding Connections ....................................................................................................A-3
Power Cord Connection .............................................................................................................A-3
Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3
Three Phase Input ................................................................................................................A-3
Parallel Operation .......................................................................................................................A-3
Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3

A-2

A-2

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - INVERTEC V350-PRO


INPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT
Product Ordering Input AC
Rated DC Output
Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle
K1728-1

200-230 / 200-230/
Factory
380-415/
460-480/
Invertec
575
V350- K1728-2
3 Phase
PRO Construction 60/50 Hz
60/50 Hz
208-230/
K1728-3
415/
CE
460-480/
575
1 Phase

Output
Range
(continuous)

Weight
with Cord

HxWxD

350A / 34V / 60%


Factory
82.5lbs
(37.4 kg)

275A / 31V / 100%


AMPS
5-425
350A / 34V / 60%

Construction
81.5lbs
(36.9 kg)

14.7x12.5x
27.8*
(373x318x
706*)mm
* Includes
handles

275A / 31V /100%

* Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8 (706mm) without handle.

V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT


Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine Outputs
Input 50/60 Hz
Output
Recommended
Voltage
Phases
275Amps@
350Amps@
Line Cord
Size Fuse Size
Notes
31Volts(100%)
34Volts(60%)
208
1
70
94
2
125A
Note 1
230
1
62
85
4
125A
Note 1
415
1
38
54
6
80A
Note 1
460
1
34
42
8
70A
575
1
27
37
8
50A
200
3
37
50
8
80A
Note 1
208
3
36
50
6
80A
Note 1
230
3
31
42
8
70A
380
3
21
28
8
50A
400
3
20
27
8
50A
415
3
19
26
8
50A
460
3
17
23
8
50A
575
3
14
18
8
35A
1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger.

OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS


Select the output cable size based upon the following chart.
Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated:
DUTY CYCLE
CURRENT
LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT)
100%
275
1/0
60%
350
1/0

61-76m (200-250 FT)


1/0
2/0

A-3

A-3

INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION

Single Phase Input


1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
Electrical Code.
2. Connect black and white leads to power.
3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation.

WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT
THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DISCONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUT
CABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES.
Only qualified personnel should perform this
installation.
Connect the green lead of the power cord to
ground per U.S. National Electrical Code.
-------------------------------------------------------------------INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the
Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be made
in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical
Code, all local codes and the information detailed
below.
2. When received directly from the factory, multiple
voltage machines are internally connected for
460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then the
machine may be connected to the power system
without any setup required inside the machine.
3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operation
will require an Input voltage panel setup.
Open the access panel on the rear of the
machine.
For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200230.
For higher voltages: Position the large switch to
380-575.
Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal.
POWER CORD CONNECTION
A 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired into
the machine. Follow the power cord connection
instructions. Incorrect connection may result in equipment damage.

Three Phase Input


1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
Electric Code.
2. Connect black, red and white leads to power.
Install in accordance with all local and national
electric codes.
PARALLEL OPERATION
The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode.
For best results, the currents of each machine should
be reasonably well shared. As an example, with two
machines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure,
each machine should be set to deliver approximately
200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 amps
from the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdown
conditions. In general, more than two machines in
parallel will not be effective due to the voltage
requirements of procedures in that power range.
To set machine outputs, start with output control pots
and arc control pots in identical positions. Use the
output control pots to balance the currents and maintain the desired voltage or current. The arc control
pots should be kept identical on the two machines.
QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS
A quick disconnect system is used for the welding
cable connections. The welding plug included with the
machine is designed to accept a welding cable size of
1/0 to 2/0.
1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation.
2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot end
may be trimmed to match the cable diameter.
Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the boot
over the cable.
BOOT
WELDING CABLE

!
!

cing

adipis ut
r
unt

G
IN
N G
R
A NIN
W R
A
W
!

laoree

cing

adipis ut
r
unt

t conseuis at tuer
laoree
tinci
erat
er
ecte
ame
am
sit y nibh cons mod
r
t euis at
mm aliqu
erat
er
dolo umm na ame
m nonu
am
non
sit y nibh
mag r
ipsu
mm aliqu
m diam re dolo umm
na
ed dolo m nonu
non
Lore
et
mag
ipsu
elit,
re
laore m diam
ed dolo
Lore
et
elit,
laore

cing
ctetue tincid
od
adipis ut
conse
r
unt
euism at
erat
amet
er ctetue tincid
cing
nibh m
sit
od
y
m
adipis ut
conse
r
dolor ummy aliqua
unt cing
a
euism at
amet
erat
er
nonum
non
ctetue tincid
ipsum
magn sit y nibh m
adipis ut
od
r
diam
m
unt
conse
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua
euism atctetue tincid
t
nonum
non
amet
erat
elit,
er
od
ipsum
magn sit
nibh m
conse
y
laoree
diam
m
euism at
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua
cing
erat
er
a amet
t
nibh m
sit
elit,
nonum
non
y
adipis ut
ipsum
magn m
r
laoree
unt
diam dolor ummy aliqua
a
Lorem ed dolore nonum
ctetue tincid
cing
t ipsum non
magn
od
elit,
conse
diam
adipis ut
r
laoree ed
unt
euism at
Lorem
cing
t dolore
amet
erat
er
elit,
ctetue tincid
nibh m
sit
adipis ut
y
r
od
laoree
unt
m
cing
dolor ummy aliqua conse
a
ctetue tincid
euism at
nonum
non
adipis ut
amet
erat
er
od
r
ipsum
magn sit
unt
nibh m
conse
y
diam
m
euism atctetue tincid
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua
amet
erat
er
t
a
od
nibh m
sit
elit,
nonum
non
conse
y
ipsum
m
magn
laoree
g
dolor ummy aliqua euism at
diam
erat
er
a amet
nibh m
sit
Lorem ed dolore
nonum
non
iscin
y
ipsum
t
magn m
ut
elit,
diam dolor ummy aliqua adip
a
g
laoree
Lorem ed dolore nonum
dunt
t ipsum non
tuer
elit,
magn
iscin
diam
tinci
ut
laoree
ecte
Lorem ed dolore
adip
t
mod
elit,
dunt

iscin
ut
adip
g
dunt
tuer
iscin
tinci
ut
ecte
adip
mod
dunt
t conseuis at tuer
tinci
erat
er
ecte
ame
am
laoree
sit y nibh cons mod
r
t euis at
mm aliqu
erat
er
dolo umm na ame
m nonu
am
non
sit y nibh
mag r
ipsu
mm aliqu
m diam re dolo umm
na
ed dolo m nonu
non
Lore
et
mag
ipsu
elit,
re
laore m diam
ed dolo
Lore
et
elit,
laore

dolor ummy aliqua


a
nonum
non
ipsum
magn
diam
Lorem ed dolore
t
elit,

N
IO
N
T
N E IO
E D UC
T
T O A
A IS C
V
A RE
! P

cing
ctetue tincid
od
adipis ut
conse
r
unt
euism at
amet
erat
er ctetue tincid
cing
nibh m
sit
od
y
m
adipis ut
conse
r
dolor ummy aliqua
unt
a
euism at
amet
erat
er
nonum
non
ctetue tincid
ipsum
magn sit y nibh m
cing
od
diam
m
conse
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua
adipis ut
euism at
r
t
unt
nonum
non
amet
erat
elit,
er
ipsum
magn sit
nibh m
ctetue tincid
y
laoree
diam
m
od
cing
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua
conse
a
t
elit,
nonum
non
adipis ut
euism at
r
ipsum
amet
erat
er
magn
unt
nibh m
sit
diam
cing
y
ctetue tincid
Lorem ed dolore
m
t
dolor ummy aliqua
od
adipis ut
elit,
a
r
conse
unt
nonum
non
laoree
euism at
ipsum
magn
amet
erat
er ctetue tincid
diam
nibh m
sit
od
y
Lorem ed dolore
conse
m
t
cing
dolor ummy aliqua
elit,
at
a amet euism erat
er
nonum
non
adipis ut
laoree
nibh m
sit
r
ipsum
unt
y
magn
m
diam
dolor ummy aliqua
ctetue tincid
a
Lorem ed dolore
t
od
nonum
non
elit,
ipsum
conse
magn
diam
euism at
laoree
amet
erat
er
Lorem ed dolore
nibh m
sit
t
y
elit,
m
laoree

BLACK
GREEN
RED
WHITE
25 mm

TRIM

1 in.
A
AMP
S

V
VOL
TS

OUT

LIN

PUT

CO
EL LN
EC
TR

WEL
D

TER
MINA
LS

IC

WARN
ING

IN
REMO
TE

SEL

VE

ECT

RT

EC

V 35

0-

PR

3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug.

POWE
R

ON

OFF

4. Insert cable into copper tube.

A-4

INSTALLATION
SET SCREW

BRASS PLUG
COPPER TUBE

5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screw


must apply pressure against welding cable. The
top of the set screw will be well below the surface
of the brass plug after tightening.
6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubber
boot must be positioned to completely cover all
electrical surfaces after the plug is locked into the
receptacle.

A-4

Section B-1

Section B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- OPERATION SECTION Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................B-2
Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2
Duty Cycle ............................................................................................................................B-2
Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2
Upper Control Panel ...................................................................................................................B-2
Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2
Volt Meter .............................................................................................................................B-2
Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2
Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2
Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3
Control Remote ....................................................................................................................B-3
Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3
Weld Mode Select ................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3
TIG GTAW .......................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Wire ...........................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4
Hot Start & Arc Control ........................................................................................................B-4
Lower Case Front .......................................................................................................................B-4
CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4
TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5
CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control ....................................................................................B-5
Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5
Auxiliary Power ...........................................................................................................................B-6
Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6
Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6

V350-PRO

B-2

OPERATION

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

B-2

OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS:

WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Do not touch electrically live parts or
electrode with skin or wet clothing.
Insulate yourself from work and
ground.
Always wear dry insulating gloves.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous.
Keep your head out of fumes.
Use ventilation or exhaust to remove
fumes from breathing zone.
----------------------------------------------------------------------WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or
explosion.
Keep flammable material away.
Do not weld on closed containers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin.
Wear eye, ear and body
protection.

-----------------------------------------------------------See additional warning information at


front of this operators manual.
-----------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CC
DC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60%
duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European and
Rest of the World (North America and Export) versions.
Differences between these versions are input ratings
and CE noise filtering. In the different configurations,
the V350-Pro is available in either a construction version (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power)
and a factory version (includes wire feeder connection
and related power).
DUTY CYCLE
The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle
(based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275
amps, 100% duty cycle.

UPPER CONTROL PANEL


1. AMPS Meter
Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the
meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or
+/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater).
Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dashes indicating non-presetable AMPS.
During welding, this meter displays actual average
amps.
After welding, the meter holds the actual current
value for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the
"hold" period results in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated above. The displays blink indicating that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
2. VOLT METER
Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter displays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V).
Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays
the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source or
four dashes if the output has not been turned on.
During welding, this meter displays actual average
volts.
After welding, the meter holds the actual voltage
value for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicating
that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results
in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated
above.
3. OUTPUT CONTROL
Output control is conducted via a single turn potentiometer.
Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated
above.
When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum
welding current. Full depression of a foot or hand
Amptrol results in the preset level of current.
4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON
Two status lights indicate the location of trigger
control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS"
push button.
If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ON
display will be lit.
If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotely
controlled", the REMOTE display will be lit.
The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred"
trigger modes.
For the Construction version all modes ON.
For the Factory version
STICK = ON
TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remote
output controls are connected to the machine.

V350-PRO

B-3

B-3

OPERATION

For both the Construction and Factory versions,


these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched)
with the WELD TERMINALS push button. When
changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it
was in when it was last powered down.

7. WELD MODE SELECT


The Mode Control button selects the following welding modes desired.
CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process features
continuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. This
mode was intended for most SMAW applications, and
Arc Gouging.

5. THERMAL
This status light indicates when the power source
has been driven into thermal overload. If the output
terminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indicating that the output will be turned back on once
the unit cools down to an acceptable temperature
level. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE"
mode, the trigger will need to be opened before or
after the thermal has cleared and closed after the
machine has cooled down to an acceptable temperature to establish output.

Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Soft


mode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gouging
mode. The actual output current will depend on
the size of carbon used. The recommended maximum size carbon is 5/16".
The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
at arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted from
minimum (0), with no additional current added at
arc start, to maximum (10), with double the preset
current or 425 amps (max of machine) added for
the first second after arc initiation.
The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjust
the short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10)
will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimal
spatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a
"crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking.

6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL
Two status lights indicate the location of output
control as pre-determined by the power sources
auto-configure system.
The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at the
power source.
The REMOTE display will be lit when a remote
pot/control is detected.
These Output Control configurations can be overridden (switched) with the CONTROL push button.
When changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it was in when it was last powered down.

CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode features


continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This mode
was intended primarily for pipe welding applications.
The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
at arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting current up or down by 25% of the preset value. The
recommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where the
initial current is equal to the preset current.

Hidden Middle Control Panel Process


Set Up Panel
The middle control panel is removable to allow for
upgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories).
Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access door
to reduce appeared complexity and provide protection
to the controls.

Figure B.1 CASEFRONT


1

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT

HOT
HO
T STAR
START

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP

ARC CONTROL
CONTROL

-2

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE
SELECT

9
0

+2

-4

TIG GT
GTAW

CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

SELECT

WELD MODE

+4

-6

+6

-8

+8
-10
SOFT

10

+10
CRISP

11
12

8
ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OF F
OFF

10
V350-PRO

B-4

OPERATION

The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of the


process. Slope dynamically controls the force the
arc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimum
setting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to the
Stick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slope
is reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operator
has full control off the arc force required to penetrate an open root joint. For vertical down, open
root pipe welding applications, the recommended
setting is between 8 and 10.
During welding, a boost circuit increases the available voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost circuit is independent of the OCV and only operates
when an arc is lit.
TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run in
either the TIG touch start or high frequency assisted
start mode.
The Hot Start control selects the starting mode
desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift start
mode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10v
and the short circuit "TIG touch" current is maintained at 25 amps independent of the preset current.
When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated and
the output is regulated at the preset value. Hot
start settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc initiation current. A setting of 5 results in the most
positive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hot
start.
Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select high
frequency assisted starting TIG mode. In this
range, the OCV of the machine is controlled
between 50 and 70 volts. If using the Lincoln
K930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 for
maximum OCV.
The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode.
CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuous
control from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intended
for most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications.
The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIRE
mode.
The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the minimum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a
soft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable for
welding with gas mixes containing mostly inert
gases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinch
settings are preferable for welding FCAW and
GMAW with CO2.

B-4

The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUX


CORED mode.
The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the minimum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a
soft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most selfshielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5.
8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features have
different functions depending on the welding Mode
that is active. Each feature is described under the
welding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specified
Mode Operation)

LOWER CASE FRONT


The output studs, line switch and remote connector
are located on the lower case front.
9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connector
inserts.
The Negative stud is configured to accept the
pass through gas system.
10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breaker
rated at 100 amps per leg.
11. The METER POLARITY switch is located above
the output connectors. The switch provides a
work connection for wire feeder voltmeters.
Place the switch in the position of the electrode
polarity indicated by the decal. The switch does
not change the welding polarity.
12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control.
REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROL
and WELD TERMINALS
The Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remote
output controls.If after connecting or removing a
remote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured the
way you would like the local or remote control settings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CONTROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannot
select between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.)
CV modes
The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol
remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note:
Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have a
remote control connected at a time. If no remote is
connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols then
the remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a
remote is connected to it.
If a remote control is connected to any of the
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL
control will default to ON.

CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED mode


features continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. This
mode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wires
that require tight voltage control.
V350-PRO

B-5

OPERATION

TIG mode
The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a
remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenol
and one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote is
not connected to the 6-pin amphenol then the
remote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if a
remote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphenols.
If a remote control is connected to any of the
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL
control will default to ON.
CC-Stick modes
The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if
a remote is connected to it.
The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON
with or without a remote connected.
Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL
The Invertec V350-Pros Output Control can be
controlled by either a potentiometer connected
between 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 or
a 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 &
75. (76 needs to be positive)
14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin F
and lead 77 is pin E.
6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin B
and lead 77 is pin A.
Potentiometer Control
The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms
(2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K)
The machine output will be at minimum when lead
76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that is
connected to 75. The machines output will
increase as the wiper of the potentiometer is moved
to the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIG
mode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 would
produce the current that has been set by the
Invertec V350-Pros front panel Output Control.)
Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric are
the K857, K812 and K870.
Voltage Control
The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not referenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power from
the Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) The
supply should be capable of supplying at least
20mA.
0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro
to minimum output for the mode that has been
selected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set the
Invertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for the
mode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied to
lead 76 would produce the current that has been

B-5

Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control


The Invertec V350-Pros Weld Terminals can be
controlled from each of the amphenol connectors.
The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC and
requires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms)
to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro.
14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlled
from pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C is
positive.
6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlled
from pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pin
amphenol pin D is positive.
DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES
Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps
Pre-settable welding outputs.
Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output
constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations.
State of the art inverter technology yields high
power efficiency, excellent welding performance,
lightweight, and compact design.
Utilizes microprocessor control.
Electronic over current protection.
Input over voltage protection
Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel
with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determination of input configuration. The reconnect door is
fastened with _-turn connectors that allow quick
and easy access to the reconnect area. Circuit
breaker protected auxiliary.
System Self Configure. The power source analyzes the remote controls connected to the amphenols and the desired welding mode to properly
determine the location of trigger and output control.
Modular options for easy upgrades
Back lit Status Lights for improved error communication
Circuit Breaker Input Switch
F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when
necessary
Thermostatically protected.
Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard.
IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for
enhanced ruggedness/reliability.
Modular construction for easy servicing.
Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound
10 Ft. Power Cord included.

V350-PRO

B-6

OPERATION

Auxiliary Power
115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is available
from the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of the
unit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the Invertec
V350-Pro does not have the amphenols) These
supplies are intended to supply power for auxiliary
equipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module.
115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protected
by a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protected by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protected by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
Limitations
The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes
other than those listed.
The V350-Pro can only be used with the recommended equipment and options.
Recommended Processes
Properly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supports
GMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-A
processes for a variety of materials, including mild
steel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum.

V350-PRO

B-6

C-1

C-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- ACCESSORIES SECTION Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote ..........................................................C-3
LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4
V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter ..................................................................................C-5
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter ....................................................................................C-7
V350-PRO/LN-742 ...............................................................................................................C-8
V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9
Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10
Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10

V350-PRO

C-2

C-2

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELECTRIC WIRE FEEDERS


CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE
V350-PRO ACROSS THE ARC WITH
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CONTROL.

4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity


chosen.
5. Set CONTROL SELECT to REMOTE.
6. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position.
7. Set WELD TERMINALS SELECT to the ON

CAUTION

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.

position.
If you are using an LN-25 without an internal contactor, the electrode will be HOT when the V350PRO is energized.
8. Set the ARC CONTROL to the O position and
then adjust to suit.

Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM

6 pin
Amphenol
Optional K444-1
Remote Control

LN-25
Wire Feeder

Work Clip Lead


To Work

To Work
Electrode Cable

NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

V350-PRO

C-3

C-3

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE


V350-PRO ACROSS THE ARC WITH
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CONTROL.

5. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity


chosen.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.

7. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position.

2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal


of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.

8. Set WELD TERMINALS SELECT to the ON

3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pin


amphenol on the V350-PRO.

If you are using an LN-25 without an internal contactor, the electrode will be HOT when the V350PRO is energized.

4. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box


to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.

6. Set CONTROL SELECT to REMOTE.

CAUTION
position.

9. Set the ARC CONTROL to the O position and


then adjust to suit.

Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857
REMOTE CONTROL

K857
Remote Control

6 pin
Amphenol

LN-25
Wire Feeder

Work Clip Lead


To Work

To Work
Electrode Cable

NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

V350-PRO

C-4

C-4

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431


REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO.
NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.

6. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position.


7. Set WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE position.

SELECT

to

8. Set the ARC CONTROL to the O position and


then adjust to suit.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.

9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN25.


10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the
24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear of
the V350-PRO.
11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN25.

4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity


chosen.

NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867


adapter.

5. Set CONTROL SELECT to REMOTE.

Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-25
TO
WORK

14 PIN (24/42VAC)
AMPHENOL

6 PIN AMPHENOL

LN-25 WITH
K431 OPTION

the

K876 ADAPTER

K432 REMOTE
CONTROL CABLE


INVERTEC
POWER SOURCE


NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity.

V350-PRO

C-5

C-5

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER


FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431
OPTION/V350-PRO.
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.
2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order to
connect K867 adapter.
3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removed
from the 6 pin plug.
4. Splice leads and insulate.

Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

21
82
81
42

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-25
TO
WORK

14 PIN
(24/42VAC)

31
32

K867 ADAPTER

LN-25 WITH
K431 OPTION

GND

AMPHENOL

41

SPARE

75

76

77

INVERTEC

POWER SOURCE

V350-PRO

K432 REMOTE
CONTROL CABLE

C-6

C-6

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEE
FIGURE C.5)

3. Connect the input cable from the K480 control


cable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on the
V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7.

NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IF
YOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 OR
K404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTION
OF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER.

4. Set the VOLTMETER switch to + or -


depending on the polarity chosen.
5. Set CONTROL SELECT to REMOTE.
6. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 control
cable to the + terminal of the welder and to the
LN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the
- terminal of the welder.
NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connected
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the
welder off and reverse the electrode and work
cables at the output terminals.

7. Place the WELD TERMINALS SELECT in the


REMOTE position.
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust the
welding voltage with the optional remote control if
used.
9. Set the ARC control at 0 initially and adjust to
suit.

NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current


and duty cycle of application.

Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram

TO LN-7 INPUT
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
(115VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE

CABLE PLUG
OPTIONAL K857
REMOTE CONTROL

K480 CONTROL CABLE

6 PIN
AMPHENOL

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
TO WORK

V350-PRO

C-7

C-7

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER


FOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUT
CABLES AND LN-7.
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.
2. Splice leads and insulate.

Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

SPARE
82

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-7
TO
WORK

14 PIN(115VAC)

42

AMPHENOL

41

+
INVERTEC
POWER SOURCE


LN-7

81

K867 UNIVERSAL
ADAPTER PLUG

CONTROL
BOX

31

31

32

32

2

2

21

21

GND

GND

75

75

76

76

77

77

GREEN


2

V350-PRO

K291 OR K404
INPUT CABLE

K775 OPTIONAL
REMOTE CONTROL

C-8

C-8

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE


V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7)
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.

3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC


14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PRO
and the input cable plug on the LN-742.
4. Set the VOLTMETER switch to + or -
depending on the polarity chosen.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


5. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position..
2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 to
the + terminal of the welder. Connect the work
cable to the - terminal of the welder.
NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connected
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the
welder off and reverse the electrode and work
cables at the output terminals.
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current
and duty cycle of application.

6. Set CONTROL SELECT to LOCAL.


7. Place the WELD TERMINALS SELECT in the
REMOTE position.
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742.
9. Set the ARC control at 0 initially and adjust to
suit.

Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram

TO LN-742 INPUT
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE

CABLE PLUG

K591 CONTROL CABLE


ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
TO WORK

V350-PRO

C-9

C-9

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THE


V350PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE.
NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10
to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol connecter on the rear of the V350-PRO.
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal.
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the
V350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarity
used.
5. Set CONTROL SELECT to REMOTE.

8. Set the ARC CONTROL to the 0 position and


then adjust to suit.
9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10.
NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on the
V350-PRO should be ignored when operating in
the remote control mode with the LN-10.
10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessing
the control DIP switch.
11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should be
set as shown below for operation with the V350Pro.

Power Sources
ON

S1

S1

6. Set the MODE to the CV-WIRE position..


7. Set the WELD TERMINALS SELECT to the
REMOTE position.

Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO

TO LN-10

14 PIN
AMPHENOL
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE

K1505
TO WORK
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-10

V350-PRO

C-10

C-10

ACCESSORIES
OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES

Cobramatic Connection Instructions


A Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or
"CE" version of the V350

Construction Version K1728-2

1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off"


2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to
the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol on
the rear of the Invertec.
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of the polarity required by electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal.
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the
Invertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used.
5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be used
with the Cobramatic, the remote can be connected
directly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of the
Invertec or use a K864 adapter to connect the
cobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear of
the Invertec.
TIG Module K930-2
The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory or
CE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable.
Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire Feeder
Amphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro.

All welding modes for this model run with local output control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG,
LN25 off the arc).
K930-1
TIG Module
K428,K446, K449
LN-25(Off the Arc)
Factory Version K1728-1
The factory model is the construction model with
the addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter.
In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware to
power and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders.
K857
Remote Output Control
K814
Arc Start Switch
K812
Hand Operated Amptrol
K870
Foot Operated Amptrol
K930-1
TIG Module
K428, K446, K449
LN-25
K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2)
LN-742
K440 (-1), K567-1
LN-7 GMA
K1559-1, K1564-1
LN-10
K1499-1, K1521-1
DH-10
"CE" Version K1728-3

The TIG Module can also be used with the V350


Construction version. A K936-4 control cable is
required to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from an
external 115VAC supply.
General Instructions for Connection of Wire
Feeders to V350-Pro
Wire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be used
provided that the auxiliary power supply capacity of
the V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universal
adapter plug is required. See connection diagram
S19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual for
more information.
Remote Control of Invertec
Remote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and Foot
Amptrol K870.

The "CE" version is the Factory version with the


addition of power line filtering allowing the machine
to comply with the European and Australian EMC
emission requirements.
Field Installed Options/Accessories
Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from the
factory for both the CE and ROW versions.
Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE"
V350s
TIG Gas Control Kit K1762-1
Advance Process Panel K1763-1
Options for all models of V350-PRO
Undercarriage K1764-1

V350-PRO

Section D-1

Section D-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-MAINTENANCEMaintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure ...............................................................................D-2
Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2
Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................D-3
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3
Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4

V350-PRO

D-2

D-2

MAINTENANCE

FIGURE D.1 LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER


CAPACITOR TERMINALS

WARNING

EIGHT
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS

Have qualified personnel do the maintenance


work. Always use the greatest care when
working near moving parts.
Do not put your hands near the cooling blower
fan. If a problem cannot be corrected by
following the instructions, take the machine to
the nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop.
----------------------------------------------------------------------ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Do not touch electrically live parts or
electrode with skin or wet clothing.
Insulate yourself from work and
ground
Always wear dry insulating gloves.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPLODING PARTS can cause


injury.
Failed parts can explode or cause other
parts to explode when power is applied.
Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when servicing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

See additional warning information


throughout this operators manual.
------------------------------------------------------------

INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR


DISCHARGE PROCEDURE

INSULATED
PLIERS

POWER
RESISTOR

INSULATED
GLOVES

5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in figure D.1.


6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect
the resistor leads across the two capacitor terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds.
DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH
YOUR BARE HANDS.
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other
three capacitors.
8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor discharge procedure.

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Using the 5/16 wrench remove the screws from
the case wraparound cover.
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
switch board.
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

1. Every 6 months or so the machine should be


cleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping the
machine clean will result in cooler operation and
higher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas:

All printed circuit boards


Power switch
Main transformer
Input rectifier
Auxiliary Transformer
Reconnect Switch Area

2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage.


Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good condition to insure that high voltage parts are protected and
correct spacings are maintained. All external sheet metal
screws must be in place to insure case strength and electrical ground continuity.

V350-PRO

D-3

MAINTENANCE

OVERLOAD PROTECTION
The machine is electrically protected from producing
high output currents. Should the output current exceed
430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce the
current to approximately 100A. The machine will continue to produce this low current until the protection circuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load is
removed.

THERMAL PROTECTION
Thermostats protect the machine from excessive operating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may be
caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the
machine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. If
excessive operating temperature should occur, the
thermostat will prevent output voltage or current. The
meter will remain energized during this time.
Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools
sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by
excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating
normally, the Power Switch may be left on and the
reset should occur within a 15 minute period.

V350-PRO

D-3

R
WE
PO

A
A T
PR VIS TEN
EC O D TIO
AU E N
CIO
N

y qu co ism t
lor mmmy ali et eu at
er
a
h era
do nu
num gn am
am
um no
sit y nib qu
ma
ips m e lor my ali
dia lor do ummm a
n gn
nu
rem ed do
Lo t, t um no ma
eli ree ips m e
lao rem dia lor
ed do
Lo t, t
eli ree
lao

TE
RM
IN
AL
S
WE
LD

W
WA ARN
IN
RN
G
IN
G

4
g
cin
pis
ut
adi
nt
er
g
idu
tetu
cin
tinc
pis
sec od
ut
adi
con sm
nt
er
et eui att
idu
g
am h
erera tetu tinc
cin
nib
sit
sec od
pis
uam
or mmyy
ut
adi
con sm
g
nt
dol um aliq et
er
eui att
cin
idu
um non gna am h
erera tetu
pis
tinc
ips m ma sit
nib
ut
adi
y
uam sec od
nt
em dia ore or mmy
er
con sm
idu
Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et
eui att tetu tinc
t um
non gna am h
ererasec
elit
ree ips m ma
od
nib
sit
y
lao em dia
uamcon sm
g
ore or mmy
et eui att
dol um aliq
Lor , ed dol
cin
am h
erera
t
pis
um non gnasit
nib
elit
ut
ree ips
y
uam
adi
m maor mmy
nt
lao
er
em dia oredol um aliq
idu
g
tetu
Lor , ed dolum non gna
cin
tinc
t ips m
sec od
pis
ma
elit
ree
ut
con sm
adi
em dia ore
g
nt
lao ed
et
er
cin
eui att
Lor ,
idu
t dol
am h
erera tetu
pis
elit
ut
tinc
nib
sit
ree
adi
g
nt
uam sec od
or mmyy
lao
er
cin
idu
dol um aliq con sm
g
tetu
et eui att
pis
tinc
um non gna
ut
cin
sec od
adi
am h
erera
nt
ips m ma
pis
er
nib
sit
con
ut
sm
idu
adi
uam
em dia ore
or mmyy
et eui att tetu
nt
er
tinc
Lor , ed dol
dol um aliq
g
am h
ererasec
idu
t
od
tetu
cin
nib
sit
elit
um non gna
tinc
ree
uamcon sm
pis
or mmyy
sec od
ips m ma
et eui att
ut
lao
adi
dol um aliq
con sm
nt
em dia ore
am h
erera
ing
er
et eui att
um non gnasit
idu
nib
g
Lor , ed dol
sc
am h
erera tetu tinc
uam
ips m maor mmyy
t
cin
ipi ut
elit
nib
sit
sec od
ree
pis
em dia ore dol um aliq
uam
ad t
or mmyy
ut
lao
adi
r un
con sm
Lor , ed dolum non gna
nt
ing
dol um aliq et
t ips
er
ue cid
eui att
m ma
elit
idu
sc
um non gna am h
ree
erera tetu
tet tin
g
em dia ore
ipi ut
tinc
ips m ma sit
nib
lao
cin
ec
y
Lor , ed dol
uam sec od
ad t
em dia ore or mmy
t
pis
r un
ns od
con sm
elit
ut
Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et
adi
ree
t
co ism t ue cid
nt
t
um non gna am h eui ereraat
at tet
er
lao
elit
et eu era
tin
idu
ree ips m ma
nib
sit
h er ec
tetu
y
lao em dia
tinc
am
g
uam
sec od
ore or mmy
am ns od
cin
dol um aliq
sit y nib qu co ism t
Lor , ed dol
con sm
pis
t
um non gna
ut
elit
et eui att
lor mmmy ali et eu at
adi
ree ips
er
nt
a
h era
m ma
am h
erera
do nu
er
g
lao
num gn am
idu
nib
sit
em dia
cin
am
ore
tetu
uam
um no
sit y nib qu
or mmyy
tinc
Lor , ed dol
pis
ma
sec od
ut
t
dol um aliq
ips m e lor my ali
adi
elit
nt
con sm
ree
er
um non gna
dia lor do ummm a
idu
et eui att
n gn
nu
lao
rem ed do
ips m ma
am h
erera tetu tinc
Lo t, t um no ma
em dia ore
sec od
nib
sit
g
eli ree ips m e
uamcon
Lor , ed dol
or mmyy
sm
t
cin
dol um aliq et eui att
elit
lao rem dia lor
pis
ree
erera
um non gna am h
ed do
ut
adi
lao
Lo t, t
nt
ips m ma sit y nib
er
uam
or mmy
eli ree
idu
em dia ore dol
tetu
um aliq
tinc
Lor , ed dol
lao
sec od
t um non gna
ing
elit
con sm
ree ips m ma
sc
et eui att
lao em dia ore
ipi ut
am h
erera
Lor , ed dol
ad t
nib
sit
t
r un
elit
uam
ing
or mmyy
ree
ue cid
sc
dol um aliq
lao
tet tin
ipi ut
um non gna
ec
ad t
ips m ma
r un
ns od
em dia ore
co ism t ue cid
at tet
Lor , ed dol
et eu era
tin
t
h er ec
elit
ree
am
am ns od
lao
sit nib

OF

RO
-P
50
V3
EC
TE
MO

RT
RE

SE
LE
CT

VE
IN
ING
RN
WA

UT
TP

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC

V350-PRO

Center Panel
Base Assembly
Control Box Assembly
Case Back
Case Front
Case Wraparound
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

D-4

MAINTENANCE
D-4

FIGURE D.2 MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS

3
5

AM

PS

1
A

OU

VO

LTS

ON

Section E-1

Section E-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTIONTheory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2
Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2
Switch Board and Main Transformer ..........................................................................................E-3
Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4
Output Rectifier and Choke ........................................................................................................E-5
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6
Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6
Over current Protection ........................................................................................................E-6
Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7
Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8
Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8

FIGURE E.1 V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM


To Control
Board

Main Switch Board

Current
Feedback

Input switch
& 100A Breaker

Input
Rectifier

Positive
Output
Terminal

Primary
Current
Sensor

Choke

Negative
Output
Terminal

Output Voltage Sense

Reconnect
Switch
Primary
Current
Sensor

Auxiliary
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC

Primary Current Feedback


Input Relay Control
Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)

IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control

Fan

Machine Control Supply


+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

Power
Board
28VAC

14 Pin
Amphenol

40VDC

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Control Board

RS232 Supply +5VDC


SPI Communications
Solenoid Supply
40VDC

6 Pin
Amphenol

Remote
Board

Mode
Panel

Remote Control & Trigger

Optional Solenoid

V350-PRO

& +15VDC, +5VDC Supply


Status
Panel

Display
Panel

E-2

E-2

THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.2 INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE
To Control
Board

Main Switch Board

Current
Feedback

Input switch
& 100A Breaker

Input
Rectifier

Positive
Output
Terminal

Primary
Current
Sensor

Choke

Negative
Output
Terminal

Output Voltage Sense

Reconnect
Switch
Primary
Current
Sensor

Auxiliary
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC

Primary Current Feedback


Input Relay Control
Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)

IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control

Fan

Machine Control Supply


+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

Power
Board
28VAC

40VDC

14 Pin
Amphenol

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Control Board

RS232 Supply +5VDC


SPI Communications

Solenoid Supply
40VDC

6 Pin
Amphenol

Remote
Board

Mode
Panel

& +15VDC, +5VDC Supply

Status
Panel

Display
Panel

Remote Control & Trigger

Optional Solenoid

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board.

The Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based welding


power source that offers multi mode constant voltage
(CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at
350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The Invertec
V350-Pro is available in either a construction version
(no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and a
factory version that includes a wire feeder connection
and related power.

The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier and


the resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch board
through the reconnect switch assembly located at the
rear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect the
two pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lower
voltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration to
accommodate the applied input voltage.

INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARY


TRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGE
The Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a variety
of three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The initial power is applied to the V350 through a combination line switch/circuit breaker located on the front of
the machine. Two phases of the input voltage are
applied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary transformer develops four different secondary voltages.
The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and also
is applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector for
wirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC voltages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified

During the precharge time the DC input voltage is


applied to the input capacitors through a current limiting circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowly
and current limited. A voltage to frequency converter
circuit located on the switch board monitors the
capacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the control board. When the input capacitors have charged
to an acceptable level, the control board energizes the
input relays, that are located on the switch board,
making all of the input power, without current limiting,
available to the input capacitors. If the capacitors
become under or over voltage the control board will
de-energize the input relays and the V350 output will
be disabled. Other possible faults may also cause the
input relays to drop out.

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO

E-3

E-3

THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.3 SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER
To Control
Board

Main Switch Board

Current
Feedback

Input
Rectifier

Input switch
& 100A Breaker

Positive
Output
Terminal

Primary
Current
Sensor

Choke

Negative
Output
Terminal

Output Voltage Sense

Reconnect
Switch
Primary
Current
Sensor

Primary Current Feedback


Input Relay Control
Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)

IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply

Auxiliary
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC

Fan Control

Fan

Machine Control Supply


+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

Power
Board
28VAC

40VDC

14 Pin
Amphenol

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Control Board

RS232 Supply +5VDC


SPI Communications

Solenoid Supply
40VDC

6 Pin
Amphenol

Remote
Board

Mode
Panel

& +15VDC, +5VDC Supply

Status
Panel

Display
Panel

Remote Control & Trigger

Optional Solenoid

SWITCH BOARD &


MAIN TRANSFORMER
There is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro.
This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors,
two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switching
circuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/frequency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capacitors in a pair are always in series with each other.
When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltage
position the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus two
series capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors.
When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage position the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus four
capacitors in series. This is required to accommodate
the higher input voltages.
When the input capacitors are fully charged they act
as power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits.
When welding output is required the Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the input
capacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DC
current to the main transformer primary windings. See
IGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in this
section. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current to
a separate, oppositely wound primary winding in the
main transformer. The reverse directions of current

flow through the main transformer primaries and the


offset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce an
AC square wave output signal at the secondary of the
main transformer. The two current transformers (CT)
located on the switch board monitor these primary
currents. If the primary currents become abnormally
high the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus disabling the machine output. The DC current flow
through each primary winding is clamped back to
each respective input capacitor when the IGBTs are
turned off. This is needed due to the inductance of the
transformer primary winding. The firing of the two
switch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsecond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. In
some low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequency
is reduced to 5KHZ.
The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed circuit. The fan operates when the welding output terminals are energized or when a thermal over temperature condition exists. Once the fan is activated it will
remain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan driver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is activated from a control board signal.

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO

E-4

E-4

THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.4 POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS
To Control
Board

Main Switch Board

Current
Feedback

Input switch
& 100A Breaker

Input
Rectifier

Positive
Output
Terminal

Primary
Current
Sensor

Choke

Negative
Output
Terminal

Output Voltage Sense

Reconnect
Switch
Primary
Current
Sensor

Auxiliary
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC

Primary Current Feedback


Input Relay Control
Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)

IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control

Fan

Machine Control Supply


+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

Power
Board
28VAC

40VDC

14 Pin
Amphenol

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Control Board

RS232 Supply +5VDC


SPI Communications

Solenoid Supply
40VDC

6 Pin
Amphenol

Remote
Board

Mode
Panel

& +15VDC, +5VDC Supply

Status
Panel

Display
Panel

Remote Control & Trigger

Optional Solenoid

POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD


AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS
POWER BOARD
The 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and applied
to the power board. The power board, utilizing a
switching power supply, processes the 40VDC input
and develops several regulated positive and negative
DC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the control
board for machine control supplies. Two positive DC
voltages are coupled to the control board for the Serial
Peripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDC
is used for the RS232 connection supply and a
+40VDC is fed to the remote board to power an
optional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltage
detection and shutdown circuit is also part of the
power boards circuitry.

CONTROL BOARD

functions to establish and maintain output control of


the V350 machine. The control board sends and
receives command signals from the mode panel, the
status panel, the display panel and /or the optional
remote panel. These communications are processed
through a digital network called a Serial Peripheral
Interface (SPI). This network digitally communicates to
and from the control board the users commands and
various machine status messages. The software that
is contained within the control board processes and
compares these commands with the voltage and current feedback information it receives from the output
current sensor and the output voltage sensing leads.
The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals
(See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sent
to the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digitally controlled high-speed welding waveform is created
and regulated.
The control board also monitors the thermostats, the
main transformer primary currents and the input
capacitor voltages.

The control board performs the primary interfacing


NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO

E-5

E-5

THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.5 OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE
To Control
Board

Main Switch Board

Current
Feedback

Input
Rectifier

Input switch
& 100A Breaker

Positive
Output
Terminal

Primary
Current
Sensor

Choke

Negative
Output
Terminal

Output Voltage Sense

Reconnect
Switch
Primary
Current
Sensor

Auxiliary
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC

Primary Current Feedback


Input Relay Control
Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)

IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control

Fan

Machine Control Supply


+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

Power
Board
28VAC

14 Pin
Amphenol

40VDC

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Control Board

RS232 Supply +5VDC


SPI Communications

Solenoid Supply
40VDC

6 Pin
Amphenol

Remote
Board

Mode
Panel

& +15VDC, +5VDC Supply

Status
Panel

Display
Panel

Remote Control & Trigger

Optional Solenoid

OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE


The output rectifier receives the AC output from the
main transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DC
voltage level. Since the output choke is in series with
the negative leg of the output rectifier and also in
series with the welding load, a filtered DC output is
applied to the machines output terminals.

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO

E-6

THEORY OF OPERATION

E-6

OVER CURRENT
PROTECTION

THERMAL PROTECTION
Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect the
machine from excessive operating temperatures.
These thermostats are wired in series and are connected to the control board. One of the thermostats is
located on the heat sink of the switch board and the
other is located on the output choke. Excessive temperatures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or
operating the machine beyond its duty cycle or output
rating. If excessive operating temperatures should
occur, the thermostats will prevent output from the
machine. The yellow thermal light, located on the front
of the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostats
are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently.
If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive
output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally,
the power switch may be left on and the reset should
occur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turning or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then the
power must be removed from the machine, and the
fan problem or air obstruction corrected.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS

If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one second, then the output will be limited to 100 amps until
the load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600
amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100
amps until the load is removed.

UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION


Protective circuits are included on the switch and control boards to monitor the voltage across the input
capacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltage
is too high, or too low, the machine output will be disabled. The protection circuits will prevent output if any
of the following conditions exist.
1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467
volts. (High line surges or improper input voltage
connections.)
2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts.
(Due to improper input voltage connections.)

Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO to


sense trouble and shut down the machine before
damage occurs to the machine's internal components.

3. Internal component damage.

V350-PRO

E-7

E-7

THEORY OF OPERATION

INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR


TRANSISTOR (IGBT)
OPERATION
An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconductors well suited for high frequency switching and high
current applications.

capable of conducting current. A voltage supply connected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to conduct and supply current to the circuit components
coupled to the source. Current will flow through the
conducting IGBT to downstream components as long
as the positive gate signal is present. This is similar to
turning ON a light switch.

Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passive


mode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to the
source, and therefore, no current flow. The drain terminal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage supply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will not
supply current to components connected to the
source. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch.
Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. When
the gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to the
source, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is

FIGURE E.6 IGBT


POSITIVE
VOLTAGE
APPLIED
SOURCE

n+

GATE

SOURCE

n+

n+

GATE

n+

BODY REGION

BODY REGION

n-

DRAIN DRIFT REGION

n-

DRAIN DRIFT REGION

n+

BUFFER LAYER

n+

BUFFER LAYER

p+

INJECTING LAYER

p+

INJECTING LAYER

DRAIN

DRAIN

B. ACTIVE

A. PASSIVE

V350-PRO

E-8

E-8

THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.9 TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS.

sec

48
50

sec
sec

sec

MINIMUM OUTPUT

24 sec
24 sec

2 sec
50 sec
MAXIMUM OUTPUT

MAXIMUM OUTPUT

PULSE WIDTH
MODULATION
The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describe
how much time is devoted to conduction in the positive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing the
pulse width is known as modulation. Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse width
over the allowed range of a cycle to affect the output
of the machine.

MINIMUM OUTPUT

By holding the gate signal on for 24 microseconds


each, and allowing only two microseconds of dwell
time (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, the
output is maximized. The darkened area under the top
curve can be compared to the area under the bottom
curve. The more dark area that is under the curve indicates that more power is present.
1An IGBT group
modules feeding
winding.

By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBT


is turned on and off for different durations during the
cycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the minimum output signal possible over a 50-microsecond
time period.
The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT
group1 conducting for one microsecond. The negative
portion is the other IGBT group1. The dwell time (off
time) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Since
only two microseconds of the 50-microsecond time
period is devoted to conducting, the output power is
minimized.

V350-PRO

consists of two IGBT


one transformer primary

Section F-1

Section F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION
Troubleshooting & Repair Section .................................................................................Section F
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2
PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3
Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15
Main Switch Board Test ................................................................................................F-17
Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21
Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25
Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29
Auxiliary Transformer Test .............................................................................................F-33
Current Transducer Test ................................................................................................F-37
Fan Control and Motor Test ..........................................................................................F-41
SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45
Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure ..................................................................F-47

Replacement Procedures
Control Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-51
Display Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-57
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-61
Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65
Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71
Snubber Board Removal and Replacement .................................................................F-75
Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77
Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81
Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85
Current Transducer Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-89
Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-94

V350-PRO

F-2

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
CAUTION
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine
operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please
observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.

This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help


you locate and repair possible machine
malfunctions. Simply follow the three-step
procedure listed below.

Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look


under the column labeled PROBLEM
(SYMPTOMS). This column describes possible
symptoms that the machine may exhibit. Find
the listing that best describes the symptom that
the machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are
grouped into three main categories: Output
Problems, Function Problems, and LED Function
Problems.

Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The


second column, labeled POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S), lists the obvious external
possibilities that may contribute to the machine
symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the
order listed. In general, these tests can be
conducted without removing the case
wrap-around cover.

Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. The


last column, labeled Recommended Course of
Action lists the most likely components that may
have failed in your machine. It also specifies the
appropriate test procedure to verify that the
subject component is either good or bad. If there
are a number of possible components, check the
components in the order listed to eliminate one
possibility at a time until you locate the cause of
your problem.

All of the referenced test procedures referred to in


the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail
at the end of this chapter. Refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to
locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the
referred to test points, components, terminal
strips, etc., can be found on the referenced
electrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer
to the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of
Contents to locate the appropriate diagram.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs
safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before
you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD)

V350-PRO

F-2

F-3

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-3

PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Have an electrician install and service
this equipment. Turn the machine OFF
before working on equipment. Do not
touch electrically hot parts.

Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC


board failures. These problems can sometimes be
traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid problems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards,
please use the following procedure:

Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag


and place it directly into the equipment. Dont set
the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth which
could have a static charge. If the PC Board cant be
installed immediately, put it back in the staticshielding bag.
If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,
dont remove them until installation is complete.
If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric
Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding
bag. This will prevent further damage and allow
proper failure analysis.
4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symptom has been corrected by the replacement PC
board.

1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that


the PC board is the most likely component causing the failure symptom.

NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all


electrical components can reach their
operating temperature.

2. Check for loose connections at the PC board to


assure that the PC board is properly connected.

5. Remove the replacement PC board and substitute


it with the original PC board to recreate the original
problem.

3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC


board using standard practices to avoid static
electrical damage and electrical shock. Read the
warning inside the static resistant bag and perform
the following procedures:

a. If the original problem does not reappear


by substituting the original board, then the
PC board was not the problem. Continue
to look for bad connections in the control
wiring harness, junction blocks, and terminal strips.

PC Board can be damaged by


static electricity.

ATTENTION
Static-Sensitive
Devices
Handle only at
Static-Safe
Workstations

Reusable
Container
Do Not Destroy

Remove your bodys static


charge before opening the staticshielding bag. Wear an anti-static wrist strap. For safety, use a
1 Meg ohm resistive cord connected to a grounded part of the
equipment frame.
If you dont have a wrist strap,
touch an unpainted, grounded,
part of the equipment frame.
Keep touching the frame to
prevent static build-up. Be sure
not to touch any electrically live
parts at the same time.

b. If the original problem is recreated by the


substitution of the original board, then the
PC board was the problem. Reinstall the
replacement PC board and test the
machine.
6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed
when warranty reports are to be submitted.
NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the
warranty report, INSTALLED AND SWITCHED
PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM, will help
avoid denial of legitimate PC board warranty
claims.

Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must


be either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative.

V350-PRO

F-4

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Observe Safety Guidelines


detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS)

F-4

POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)

RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION

OUTPUT PROBLEMS
Major physical or electrical damage is evident when the sheet
metal cover is removed.

1. Contact your local authorized


Lincoln Electric Field Service
Facility for technical assis
tance.

1. Contact the Lincoln Electric


Service Department,

The machine is deadno outputno displays.

1. Make sure the input line/


breaker switch is in the ON
position.

1. Perform the Auxiliary


Transformer Test.

1-800-833-9353(WELD).

2. Perform the Power Board Test.


2. Check the main input line fuses.
If open , replace.
3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker
(CB2). Reset if tripped.
4. Make sure the reconnect switch
and jumper lead is configured
correctly for the applied input
voltage.

3. The control rectifier and or


associated filter capacitor (C5)
may be faulty. Check and
replace as necessary.
4. Perform The SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage Test.
5. The Control Board may be
faulty.

5. If the machine is being operated with single phase input voltage make sure the red lead is
not connected. See the
Installation Section.
The main input fuses (or breaker)
repeatedly fail.

1. Make certain the fuses or


breakers are sized properly.
2. Make sure the reconnect switch
and jumper lead is configured
correctly for the applied input
voltage.
3. The welding procedure may be
drawing too much input
current or the duty cycle may
be too high. Reduce the
welding current and /or reduce
the duty cycle.

1. Check the reconnect switches


and associated wiring. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Perform the Input Rectifier
Test.
3. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
4. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test.
5. The Input Filter Capacitors
may be faulty. Check, and if
any are faulty replace all four.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO

F-5

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS)

F-5

Observe Safety Guidelines


detailed in the beginning of this manual.

POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)

RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION

OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The V350-Pro does not have welding output. The displays are lit.

1. Make sure the reconnect switch


is configured correctly for the
input voltage applied.
2. Make sure the Weld Terminals
Select is ON. If the problem is
solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty. See the wiring
diagram.
3. Put the Control Select in the
Local position. If the problem is
solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty.
4. If an error code is displayed see
Fault Code Explanations.

The V350-Pro will not produce full


output.

1. The input voltage may be too


low, limiting the output
capability of the machine.
Make certain the input voltage
is correct for the machine and
the reconnect switch and
jumper lead configuration.
2. The welding current may be too
high . The machine will foldback to 100 amps if the
welding current exceeds 450
amps.
3. Make sure the machine is in
"Local" output control.. If the
problem is resolved the Remote
control board or the external
remote control unit may be
faulty.

1. Check the reconnect switch and


associated leads for loose or
faulty connections. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
3. Perform the Power Board
Test.
4. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test.
5. The control board may be faulty.
6. The input filter capacitors may
be faulty. Check and replace if
necessary.
7. The status panel board may be
faulty.
1. Perform the Output Rectifier
Test.
2. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
3. Perform the Power Board
Test.
4. Perform the Current
Transducer Test.
5. If the preset function is not
performing properly the status
panel board or the output
control may be faulty.
6. The control board may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
V350-PRO

F-6

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Observe Safety Guidelines


detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS)

F-6

POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)

RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION

FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The machine regularly overheats
and the yellow thermal light is ON
indicating a thermal overload.

1. The welding application may


be exceeding the
recommended duty cycle of the
V350-Pro.
2. Dirt and dust may have
clogged the cooling channels
inside the machine.
3. Air intake and exhaust louvers
may be blocked due to inadequate clearance around the
machine.
4. Make certain the fan as needed
(F.A.N.) is operating properly.
The fan should operate when
welding voltage is present
and/or when there is an over
temperature condition.

An attached wire feeder will not


function correctly.

1. Make certain the wire feeder


control cable is connected to
the correct 14-pin amphenol
type plug (115VAC or
24/42VAC) for the wire feeder
being used. See the
connection diagram.

1. The 115VAC fan motor is


controlled by the control board
via the main switch board.
Perform the Fan Motor And
Control Test.
1. A thermostat or associated
circuitry may be faulty. See the
wiring diagram. One normally
closed thermostat is located on
the output choke and the other
is located on the main switch
board heat sink. See the wiring
diagram.
Note: The Main Switch Board
Removal Procedure will
be required to gain access
to the heat sink thermostat.
1. Perform the Auxiliary
Transformer Test.
2. Check the leads between the
14-pin amphenol type plugs
and the auxiliary transformer
for loose or faulty connections.

2. Check the two circuit breakers


located at the rear of the
machine. Reset is tripped.
3. The wire feeder or control cable
may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).
V350-PRO

F-7

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-7

Observe Safety Guidelines


detailed in the beginning of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS)

RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION

POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)
FUNCTION PROBLEMS

The machines welding output is


very high and uncontrollable.

1. Put the Control Select in the


Local position. If the problem
is solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty.

1. Perform the Current


Transducer Test.
2. If the output is normal when
the Control Select is in the
Local position but the output is
very high in the Remote
position the remote board may
be faulty. Perform The SPI
Cable Resistance and Voltage
Test.
3. The control board may be
faulty.

The Weld Mode Select does not


function properly.

1. Refer to Operation Section of


this manual for normal
operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug


connections between the
control board and the mode
select panel. See the wiring
diagram.
2. Perform the SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage Test.
3. The Mode Select Panel board
may be faulty.
4. The control board may be
faulty.

The Status Panel (Control and


Weld Terminals Select) does not
function properly.

1. Refer to Operation Section of


this manual for normal
operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug


connections between the
control board and the status
board. See the wiring diagram.
2. The Status Board may be faulty.
3. The control board may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
V350-PRO

F-8

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-8

Observe Safety Guidelines


detailed in the beginning of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS)

RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION

POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)
FUNCTION PROBLEMS

The display is not functioning


properly.

1. Refer to the Operation Section


of this manual for normal
operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug


connections between the
Display board and the control
board. See the wiring diagram.
2. The display board may be faulty.
3. The control board may be faulty.

A fault or error code is displayed.

1. See the Fault Code


Explanations.

1. See Fault Code Explanations.

For no apparent reason the welding characteristics have change.

1. Check the welding cables for


loose or faulty connection.

1. Perform the Voltage and


Current Calibration
Procedure.

2. Make sure the machines mode


and output are set correctly for
the process being used. (CV,
CC,TIG etc.)
3. If Mig welding make sure the
shielding gas and wire speed
are correct for the process
being used.

2. Perform the Current


Transducer Test.
3. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test
4. The control board may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
V350-PRO

F-9

F-9

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


FAULT CODES

31

DESCRIPTION/

CORRECTIVE

DEFINITION

ACTION

Main transformer
primary over current

Turn the machine off and


back on to reset the
machine. If condition
persists, contact an
authorized Lincoln Field
Service Facility.

SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
There may be a problem
with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the Wiring diagram
The control board may
be faulty.

32

Capacitor bank A
(lower) is under
voltage

Make sure the reconnect


switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self clearing when
condition ceases.

There may be a problem


with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO

F-10

F-10

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


FAULT CODES

33

DESCRIPTION/

CORRECTIVE

DEFINITION

ACTION

Capacitor bank
"B"(upper) is under
voltage.

Make sure the reconnect


switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.

SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

34

Capacitor bank
"A"(lower) is over
voltage.

Make sure the reconnect


switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.

There may be a problem


with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO

F-11

F-11

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


FAULT CODES

35

DESCRIPTION/

CORRECTIVE

DEFINITION

ACTION

Capacitor bank
"B"(lower) is over
voltage.

Make sure the reconnect


switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.

SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

37

The soft start


function failed.

Turn the machine off and


back on to reset the
machine.

There may be a problem


with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO

F-12

F-12

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


FAULT CODES

39

DESCRIPTION/

CORRECTIVE

DEFINITION

ACTION

Electrical "glitch" on the


primary over current fault
detector circuit.

Possibly caused by an
external electrical
"noise" or signal level.
Make sure the V350-Pro
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when
condition ceases.

SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
There may be a problem
with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the wiring diagram.
The control board may
be faulty.

43

Capacitor banks "A"


(lower) and "B"(upper)
are not balanced.

Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input
voltage being applied to
the machine. The
machine is self-clearing
when
condition ceases.

There may be a problem


with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
The capacitor(s) may be
faulty. Check and
replace if necessary.

44

The machine has


detected a fault in the
central processing unit
(CPU).

Make sure the V350-Pro


is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when
condition ceases.

Perform the Power


Board Test.
The control board or
associated wiring may be
faulty. See the wiring
diagram.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO

F-13

F-13

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


FAULT CODES

47

DESCRIPTION/

CORRECTIVE

DEFINITION

ACTION

Electrical "glitch" on the


V/F signals from the main
switch board to the
control board.

Possibly caused by an
external electrical
"noise" or signal level.
Make sure the V350-Pro
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when condition
ceases.

SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

bad node ####

The selected weld mode Press the Mode Select


does not exist in the weld button to select a
table that is presently
different welding mode.
loaded in the machine.

Perform the Power


Board Test.
Perform the SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage
Test.
The control board may
be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO

F-14

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-14

F-15

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained
personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to
the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your
safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions
detailed throughout this manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are part
of the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety precaution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch internal components of the machine.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Insulated Pliers
Insulated Gloves
High Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum)
DC Volt Meter

Re

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-15

F-16

F-16

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued)

4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor


(25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Have an electrician install and service
this equipment.
Turn the input power off at the fuse box
before working on equipment.
Do not touch electrically hot parts.
Prior to performing preventative maintenance,
perform the following capacitor discharge procedure
to avoid electric shock.

5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in figure F.1.


6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect the resistor leads across the two capacitor
terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS
WITH YOUR BARE HANDS.
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other
three capacitors.

DISCHARGE PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16 wrench remove the screws from
the case wraparound cover.
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
switch board.

8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all


capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor discharge procedure.

FIGURE F.1 LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS

EIGHT
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS
-

INSULATED
PLIERS
-

INSULATED
GLOVES

POWER
RESISTOR

V350-PRO

F-17

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

WARNING

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-17

F-18

F-18

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

202

207

J22

201

+
209

204
205

208

J21

J20

+
206

203

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

4. Using a 7/16 wrench locate, label and remove


leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and
208 from the switch board. Note lead and
washer placement for reassembly. Clear
leads.
5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resistance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to figure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Test
using an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range.
Make sure the test probes are making electrical contact with the conductor surfaces on the
PC board.

V350-PRO

F-19

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-19

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)


6. If any test fails replace the switch board. See
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement.
7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, check
connections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all associated wiring. See wiring diagram.

8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,


207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that the
leads are installed in their proper locations. PreTorque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tightening them to 44 inch lbs.
9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16
nut driver.

TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST

APPLY POSITIVE TEST


PROBE TO TERMINAL

APPLY NEGATIVE TEST


PROBE TO TERMINAL

NORMAL
RESISTANCE READING

+206
+208
+202
+201
+205
+203
+204
+207

-205
-203
-204
-207
-206
-208
-202
-201

Greater than 1000 ohms


Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms

V350-PRO

F-20

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-20

F-21

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT RECTIFIER TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the input rectifier has shorted or open diodes.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16 Nut Driver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-21

F-22

F-22

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the input rectifier and associated
leads. See Figure F.3.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver,


remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 from
the input rectifier.
7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform the
tests detailed in Table F.2. See the
Wiring Diagram.
8. Visually inspect the three MOVS for
damage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if necessary.

5. Carefully remove the silicone sealant


from leads 207, 207A, and 209.
Figure F.3 Input Rectifier

Small Lead "H1"


To Auxiliary Transformer

3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS

C
B

#207
#207A

#209

FRONT
REAR

V350-PRO

Small Lead "A"


To Circuit Breaker

F-23

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-23

INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)


Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points

ANALOG METER
X10 RANGE

TEST POINT TERMINALS


+ PROBE

- PROBE

Acceptable Meter Readings

A
B
C

207
207
207

Greater than 1000 ohms


Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms

A
B
C

207A
207A
207A

Greater than 1000 ohms


Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms

A
B
C

209
209
209

Less than 100 ohms


Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms

207
207
207

A
B
C

Less than 100 ohms


Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms

207A
207A
207A

A
B
C

Less than 100 ohms


Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms

209
209
209

A
B
C

Greater than 1000 ohms


Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms

9. If the input rectifier does not meet the


acceptable readings outlined in Table F.2
the component may be faulty. Replace
Note: Before replacing the input rectifier,
check the input power switch and perform the Main Switch Board Test. Also
check for leaky or faulty filter capacitors.

11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see the


Input Rectifier Bridge Removal &
Replacement procedure.
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.

10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure to


reconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 to
the correct terminals and torque to 31
inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant.

V350-PRO

F-24

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-24

F-25

F-25

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also if
the power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-Ohmmeter
5/16 Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-26

F-26

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42
and J43. Do not remove plugs from the
power board. See Figure F.4.
5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to
the V350-PRO.

7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plug


J41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filter
capacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test.
8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or not
present at plugs J42 or J43, the power
board may be faulty.
9. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
10. Replace the case wraparound cover using
a 5/16 nut driver.

6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at the


power board. See Table F.3.

Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location

J42

J41

J43

V350-PRO

F-27

F-27

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks

CHECK POINT
LOCATION

TEST
DESCRIPTION

CONNECTOR
PLUG PIN NO.

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J41

CHECK 40VDC
SUPPLY FROM
RECT. BRIDGE
TO POWER BD.

2(+)
1(-)

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42

CHECK +15VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD

1(+)
5(-)

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42

CHECK +5VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD

3(+)
5(-)

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42

CHECK -15VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43

CHECK +5VDC
SPI SUPPLY
FROM POWER
PC BOARD

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43

CHECK +5VDC
RS232
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD

LEAD NO.
OR IDENTITY

NORMAL
ACCEPTABLE
VOLTAGE
READING

65 (+)
66 (-)

38-42 VDC

412 (+)
410 (-)

15 VDC

410

408 (+)
410 (-)

5 VDC

410

411 (+)
410 (-)

-15 VDC

403 (+)
401 (-)

5 VDC

406 (+)
405 (-)

5 VDC

402 (+)
401 (-)

15 VDC

438 (+)
431 (-)

40 VDC

65

66

410

412

408
2(+)
5(-)

411

401

3(+)
12(-)

403

POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43

CHECK +15VDC
SPI SUPPLY
FROM POWER
PC BOARD
CHECK +40VDC
OPTIONAL
SOLENOID
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC BOARD

4(+)
9(-)

405

406
401

6(+)
12(-)

402
8(+)
1(-)

438

431

V350-PRO

F-28

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-28

F-29

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are shorted.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-29

F-30

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMO
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMO
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT
HO
T ST
START

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP

-2

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE

SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

-4

TIG GTAW
GT

ARC CONTROL
CONTR
+2
+4

-6

9
0

+6

-8

+8
-10
SOFT

10

ON

OFF
OFF

+10
CRISP

OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF

OFF

NEGATIVE
OUTPUT
TERMINAL

POSITIVE
OUTPUT
TERMINAL

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Locate the output terminals on the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.5.
3. Remove any output cables and load from the
output terminals.

4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for more


than 200 ohms resistance between positive
and negative output terminals. Positive test
lead to the positive terminal; Negative test
lead to the negative terminal. See Figure
F.6.
NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is most
important. If the test leads polarity is not correct, the test will have erroneous results.

V350-PRO

F-30

F-31

F-31

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up

ON
ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

E
ROB

+P

- PR
OBE

OFF

5. If 200 ohms is measured then the output


diodes are not shorted.

9. Test all output diode modules individually.

NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across the


welding output terminals.
6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one or
more diodes or the snubber board may be
faulty.
7. Perform the Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed in the maintenance section.
8. Locate the output diode modules and snubber board. See Figure F.7.

V350-PRO

NOTE: This may require the disassembly of


the leads and the snubber board from the
diode modules. Refer to the Output Diode
Modules Removal and Replacement
Procedure for detailed instructions.

F-32

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations

Output Diode
Modules
Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE

V350-PRO

F-32

F-33

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxiliary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windings
of the transformer.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16 Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-33

F-34

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer

Auxiliary
Transformer
Secondary Lead
Plugs P52 and P56

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

ING

WEL
D

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

TE
RM
IN
AL
S

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

WE

ON

OF

TEST PROCEDURE
4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See Figure
F.8.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.

5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52


and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9.

3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge


Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug

PLUG P56

PLUG P52
LEAD
541

LEAD
31
LEAD
41A

LEAD
24

LEAD
42

LEAD
532

V350-PRO

LEAD
54

F-34

F-35

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-35

AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued)


TABLE F.4

LEAD IDENTIFICATION

NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE

31 TO 532

115 VAC

42 TO 541

42 VAC

24 TO 541

24 VAC

54 TO 41A

28 VAC

7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the


V350-PRO and check for the correct secondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure the
reconnect jumper lead and switch are configured correctly for the input voltage being
applied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) is
functioning properly.
NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if the
input line voltage varies.
8. If the correct secondary voltages are present,
the auxiliary transformer is functioning properly. If any of the secondary voltages are missing or low, check to make certain the primary
is configured correctly for the input voltage
applied. See Wiring Diagram.

WARNING
High voltage is present at primary of
Auxiliary Transformer.
9. If the correct input voltage is applied to the
primary, and the secondary voltage(s) are not
correct, the auxiliary transformer may be
faulty.
10. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
11. Install the case wraparound cover using a
5/16 nut driver.

V350-PRO

F-36

F-36

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-37

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST
WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioning
correctly.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter
5/16 Nut Driver
Grid Bank
External DC Ammeter

This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-37

F-38

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR

F-38

CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)


FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location

5/16" Screws
Metal Plate

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

WEL
D

IN

ING

RE

MO

TE

VE

TE
RM
IN
AL
S

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

WE

ON

OF

Plug J8
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge
Procedure.

6. Apply the correct input power to the V350PRO.


7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages to
the current transducer at plug J8. See Figure
F.11.
A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)
should read +15 VDC.

4. Using the 5/16 nut driver, remove the control


box top and cut any necessary cable ties. See
Figure F.10.
5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do not
remove the plug from the P.C. Board.

B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)


should read -15 VDC.
8. If either of the supply voltages are low or missing, the control board may be faulty.

FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug

802

804

801

Plug J8
806
V350-PRO

F-39

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR

F-39

CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)


TABLE F.5

OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT

EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACK


VOLTAGE

300

2.4

250

2.0

200

1.6

150

1.2

100

0.8

9. Check the feedback voltage from the current


transducer using a resistive load bank and
with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is
a constant current test mode. This mode can
be accessed from the front panel of the V350
by pressing and holding the Mode Select button while turning the machine on. Then, rotate
the output knob while still holding the Mode
Select button in until the displays read Mode
200. Release the Mode Select Button and
the machine will be in mode 200. With the
V350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid load
across the output of the V350-PRO, set
machine output to 300 amps and enable
WELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load to
obtain 300 amps on the external ammeter and
check feedback voltages per Table F.5.

11. If the correct supply voltages are applied to


the current transducer, and with the machine
loaded, the feedback voltage is missing or not
correct the current transducer may be faulty.
Before replacing the current transducer, check
the leads and plugs between the control board
(J8) and the current transducer (J90). See The
Wiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 and
the current transducer refer to: Current
Transducer Removal and Replacement
Procedure.
12. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
13. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
previously removed.
14. Install the case wraparound cover using the
5/16 nut driver.

A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) should


read 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300
amps).
10. If for any reason the machine cannot be
loaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows what
feedback voltage is produced at various current loads.

V350-PRO

F-40

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-40

F-41

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST
WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leads
and connectors are functioning correctly.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Voltmeter
5/16 Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 40 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-41

F-42

F-42

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO
machine.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge


Procedure.

2. Using the 5/16 nut driver, remove the case


wraparound cover.

4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Do


not remove the plug from the board. See
Figure F.12.

FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION

J22

J21

J20

5. Carefully apply the correct input power to the


machine.

6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2


to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) See
Figure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD.

FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22

Lead 115 B

Fan Lead

Fan Lead

Lead Com 2

Plug J22
V350-PRO

F-43

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR

F-43

FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)


7. If the 115VAC is low or not present perform
The Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also check
plug J22 and associated leads for loose or
faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram.
8. Energize the weld output terminals (Select
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fan
leads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is present and the fan is not running then the fan
motor may be faulty. Also check the associated leads between plug J22 and the fan motor
for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring
Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD.

2. Energize the weld output terminals (Select


Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
+15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads
715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC is
present and the fan is not running then the
switch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC is
not present when the weld terminals are energized then the control board may be faulty.
Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associated
leads for loose or faulty connections. See the
Wiring Diagram.
WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT
THE SWITCH BOARD.
3. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.

9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previous


step then proceed to the fan control test.

Note: The fan motor may be accessed by the


removal of the rear panel detailed in The
Current
Transducer
Removal
and
Replacement Procedure.

FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE


1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do not
remove the plug from the switch board. See
Figure F.12 and Figure F.14.

4. Replace the case wrap-around cover.

FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20

Lead 716-

Lead 715+

Plug J20
V350-PRO

F-44

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-44

F-45

F-45

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST
WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if there is a possible open in the SPI cable and also determine
if the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt/Ohmmeter
5/16 Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-46

F-46

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16 nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure.
4. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the control
box top. Cut any necessary cable ties.
5. Perform the Display Board Removal
Procedure. Do not remove the SPI ribbon
cable connecting the display board to the status board. If a remote board is present, the SPI
cable plug connecting the remote board to the
display board will have to be removed from the
display board.
6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the control
board. See Figure F.15.
7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPI
cable by testing with the ohmmeter from each
pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins on
the plug removed from the display board. See
the machine schematic drawing.
8. The resistance reading pin to corresponding
pin should be zero ohms or very low resistance. If the resistance reading is high or
open check the plug connections to the SPI
network PC boards. If the connections are OK
and the resistance is high or open the SPI
cable may be faulty.

9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity of


the remote board SPI cable from the plug (previously connected to the display board) to the
plug on the remote board.
10. Reconnect the plugs into the display board
and perform the Display Board Replacement
Procedure.
11. With plug J3 still removed from the control
board, carefully apply the correct input power
to V350-PRO.
12. Turn on the machine.
13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDC
from plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDC
from plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
15. If either of these voltages are low or not present, the control board may be faulty. Replace.
16. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
17. Replace plug J3 into the control board.
18. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
previously removed.
19. Replace the case wrap-around cover.

FIGURE F.15 Plug J3

Pin 1
Pin 2

Plug J3
J3

h
Rig

Pin 10

e
Sid

V350-PRO

F-47

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and to
check and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Resistive Load Bank
Calibrated Test Voltmeter
Calibrated Test Ammeter

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-47

F-48

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR

F-48

VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)


CALIBRATION CHECK

VOLTAGE CALIBRATION

The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checked


using a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO in
mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test
mode.

1. Connect the resistive load band (approximately .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the welding
output terminals.

1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.

2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.


3. Turn on the V350-PRO.

2. Turn on the V350-PRO.


3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding the
mode select button in, until the displays read
mode 200.
4. Release the Mode Select button and the
machine will be in mode 200.
5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistive
load to the welding output terminals (approximately .087 ohms) set the machine output to
300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals.
(Weld Terminals Select ON).
6. Using the test meters note the output voltage
and current.
7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the test
meter reading to within +/- 1 volt.

4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the display reads vol cAL.
5. Release the Mode Select button.
6. Adjust the output control knob until the actual
output voltage reading on the test volt meter is
20volts +/- .5 volts.
7. Wait for the machines output to be automatically turned off and then back on.
8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if necessary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts
+/- .5 volts.
9. Wait for the machines output to be automatically turned off and then back on.
10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.

8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the test


meter within +/- 5 amps.

11. Press and release the Mode Select button to


save the calibration.

9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specification


then proceed to the Voltage Calibration
Procedure.

NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not


pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the
Output Control knob the machine will leave the
calibration mode and use the previous calibration settings.

10. If the ammeter does not meet the specification


then proceed to the Current Calibration
Procedure.
NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage
or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to read
the entire voltage or current calibration section. If
the steps are not completed quickly, the machine
will automatically leave the calibration mode without changing the calibration settings. The voltage
and current calibration settings of the V350-PRO
are completely independent of each other.
Adjusting one will not affect the other.

V350-PRO

F-49

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR


VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)
CURRENT CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE
1. Connect the resistive load band (approximately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to the
welding output terminals.
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.

10. Adjust the Output Control knob again if


necessary to make the actual output current reading on the test ammeter 300
amps +/-2A.

3. Turn on the V350-PRO.

11. Wait for the machines output to be a u t o matically turned off and then back on.

4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the


display reads cur cAL.

12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.

5. Release the Mode Select button.

13. Press and release the Mode Select button


to save the calibration.

6. The left display will change to IcAL to


indicate that current calibration is in
progress.

14. The left display will scroll the message IcAL


SAVEd.

7. The right display will scroll the following


message: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A.

15. The machine will reset to normal operation.

8. Adjust the Output Control knob until the


actual output current reading on the test
ammeter is 300amps +/-2A.
9. Wait for the machines output to be
automatically turned off and then back on.

V350-PRO

NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not


pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting
the Output Control knob the machine will
leave the calibration mode and use the previous calibration settings.

F-49

F-50

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-50

F-51

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
3/8 Nut Drive
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-51

F-52

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-52

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION

Control Board

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN

C
EL O LN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

ING

WE
LD

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

TE
RM
INA
LS

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

WE

ON

OF

PROCEDURE
5. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the front of the
machine. See Figure F.17.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six


screws and their washers from around the input
power switch. See Figure F.17.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge


Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four


screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17.

4. Locate the control board behind the front panel of


the machine. See Figure F.16.

FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL


5/16" Screws

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT
HO
T STAR
START

CC-STICK SOFT

-2

8
1

9
0

+2

-4

SELECT

Welder Output
Terminal Screws

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE
CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
GTAW

ARC CONTROL
CONTROL

+4

-6

+6

-8

+8
-10
SOFT

10

ON

+10
CRISP

OFF
OFF

OF F
OFF

5/16" Screws

V350-PRO

OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF

Input Power
Switch Screws

F-53

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-53

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION

5/16" Screws
Metal Plate

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

IN

WEL
D TE
RM
IN
AL
S

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

WE

ON

OF

Plug J8

CAUTION
Observe static precautions detailed in PC
Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the
beginning of this section.

9. Using a 5/16 nut driver or a flathead screwdriver


remove the metal plate on the top of the machine
that holds the case front assembly to the center
panel. There are two nylon cable ties that will
need to be cut in order for the metal plate to be
removed. See Figure F.18.
10. The control board is now accessible to replace.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled


forward to gain access to the Control Board. Note:
The front of the machine cannot be removed completely, only pulled forward a few inches.

V350-PRO

F-54

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-54

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


11.. Beginning at the right side of the machine
remove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure to
label each plugs position upon removal. See
Figure F.19.

13. Working your way down the left side of the board,
remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19.

12. Working your way across the top of the board


from right to left, label and remove plugs #J9,
#J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19.

FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION

J5

J6

J9
J8
J7

J4
J3

J10A
J10B

t
h
ig

V350-PRO

e
d
i
S

F-55

F-55

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
14. Using a 3/8 nut driver remove the four mounting
nuts from the four corners of the control board.
See Figure F.20.

16. Replace the control board.

15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle prying


from behind the board using a flathead screwdriver may be required.

FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

Mounting
Screws

t
h
ig

V350-PRO

e
d
i
S

F-56

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-56

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


17. Replace the four 3/8 mounting nuts at the corners of the board.

21. Replace the six phillips head screws and their


washers from around the input power switch.

18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9,
#J10B, and #J10A previously removed.

22. Using a 5/16 nut driver replace the four screws


previously removed from the front of the machine

19. Using a 5/16 nut driver, replace the metal plate


on the top of the machine that holds the case
front assembly to the center panel. Replace all
cable ties previously removed.

23. Replace the case wraparound cover.

20. Replace the four phillips head screws removed


from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.

V350-PRO

F-57

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-57

F-58

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.21 DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
C
L1 S7 1D
11
30
-1

L1

11

07

-2

ST
AT

US
IN

PU

MO
DE
SE
LE
CT

L1
11
10
-1

A
AM

PS

V
VO

LTS

OU

LIN

TP

C
EL O LN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

IN

UT
WEL
D TE
RM
IN
AL
S

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

ER

ON

OF

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor


Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the display board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.21.

V350-PRO

F-58

F-59

F-59

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.22 CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION
5/16" Screws

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT STAR
ART

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP

-2

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

9
0

Welder Output
Terminal Screws

ON

OF F
OFF

+2
+4

-8

+8

-6

+6

-10
SOFT

10

-4

TIG GT
GTAW

ARC CONTR
CONTROL
OL

OFF

+10
CRISP

OFF

OFF

Input Power
Switch Screws

5/16" Screws

5. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the four


screws from the top and bottom of the front of
the machine. See Figure F.22.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
six screws and their washers from around the
input power switch. See Figure F.22.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be


pulled forward to gain access to the display
Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
few inches.
9. The display board is now accessible to
replace.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the


four screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.22.

V350-PRO

F-60

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-60

DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)


10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board.
11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the control
board located directly across from the display
board.
12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board may be required.
13. Replace the display board.

15. Replace the four phillips head screws removed


from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
16. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
17. Using a 5/16 nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.

14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed.

V350-PRO

F-61

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
7/16 mm Socket
3/16 Allen Wrench
3/8 Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-61

F-62

F-62

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.23 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

202

207

J22

201

+
209

204
205

208

J21

J20

+
206

203

PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

5. Using a 5/16 and 3/8 nut driver remove the


input lead shield from the area at the bottom of
the main switch board.
6. Using a 7/16 socket, remove leads 201, 202,
203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from the
switch board. Note lead terminals locations
and washer positions upon removal.
7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugs
associated with the main switch board. Plugs
#J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23.

CAUTION
Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board
Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of
this section. Failure to do so can result in permanent damage to equipment.

8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals and


remove the nuts using a 7/16 socket or nut
driver. Note the position of the washers behind
each nut for replacement.

4. Locate the main switch board and all associated plug and lead connections. See figure F.23.
See Wiring Diagram.

V350-PRO

F-63

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.24 3/16 ALLEN BOLT LOCATION

3/16" ALLEN BOLTS

9. Using a 3/16 allen wrench remove four allen


bolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24.
At this point, the board is ready for removal.
Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylon
mounting pins. Note: Depress the retaining
pins on the sides of the nylon mounts to
release the board. See Figure F.25.
10. Carefully maneuver the board out of the
machine.
11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to the
IGBT heatsinks on the back of the new
switch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keep
compound away from the mounting holes.
12. Mount the new board on the nylon m o u n t ing pins.

13. Replace the four allen bolts and washers


previously removed.
14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts,
washers, and necessary leads previously
removed.
15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previously removed.
16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) that
were previously removed.
17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. before
tightening to 44 inch lbs.
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.

FIGURE F.25 NYLON MOUNTING PIN

DEPRESS
LOCKING TAB ON
MOUNTING PIN
V350-PRO

F-63

F-64

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-64

F-65

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Small Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
1/4 Wrench

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-65

F-66

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-66

MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.26 MODE BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
L1

L1

11

07

CS
71
11
D1
30
-1

-2

ST
AT

US
IN

PU

MO

DE

SE

LE

CT

L1

11

10

-1

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

IN

WEL
D TE
RM
IN
AL
S

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

WE

ON

OF

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor


Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the mode board behind the front panel
of the machine. See Figure F.26.

V350-PRO

F-67

F-67

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.27 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL

5/16" Screws

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT START

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP

-2

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

9
0

Welder Output
Terminal Screws

-4

TIG GTAW
GT

ARC CONTROL

+4
+6
+8
-10
SOFT

ON
ON

OFF
OFF

+2

-6
-8

10

OFF

+10
CRISP

OFF

OFF

Input Power
Switch Screws

5/16" Screws
5. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the four
screws from the top and bottom of the front of
the machine. See Figure F.27.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
six screws and their washers from around the
input power switch. See Figure F.27.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the


four screws from around the two welder output
terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.27.
8. The front of the machine may now gently be
pulled forward to gain access to the mode
board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
few inches.

V350-PRO

F-68

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-68

MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.28. CASE FRONT

A MPS

OLTS
TS
V OL

CONTROL
CONTR
OL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT
HO
T START
ST

CC-STICK SOFT

-2

CV-WIRE
SELECT

9
0

+2

-4

TIG GTAW

CV-FLUX CORED

CC-STICK CRISP

ARC CONTROL
CONTROL

+4
+6

-6
-8

+8
-10
SOFT

10

+10
CRISP

5/16" Screws

ON

OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF

OFF

9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board.


10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the status
board located directly above the mode board.
11. Open the cover of the weld mode display on
the front of the machine.
12. Using a 5/16 nut driver, remove the three
5/16 screws as shown in Figure F.28.
13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate up
and away from the machine. The bottom of
the plate will come out first. Note: The mode
board will still be attached to its mounting
plate.

14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwise


position to gain access to the mounting
screws.
15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen the
screw in the Hot Start knob and the Arc
Control knob. The knobs should slide off of
their shafts. See Figure F.29.
16. Using a 1/4 wrench remove the nuts and their
washers behind the Hot Start and Arc
Control knobs.
17. Remove the mode board by gently prying from
behind the board.

V350-PRO

F-69

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-69

MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.29 SCREW IN CAP

Small Flathead
Screwdriver

18. Replace the mode board.


19. Replace the 1/4 nuts and their washers that
mount the Hot Start and Arc Control
knobs.
20. Using a small screwdriver replace the two
knobs previously removed. Be sure to place
both potentiometers in the full counter clockwise position and position knobs for proper
calibration.

23. Replace the four phillips head screws removed


from the front of the machine located around
the two welder output terminals.
24. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
25. Using a 5/16 nut driver replace the four
screws previously removed from the front of
the machine
26. Replace the case wraparound cover.

21. Replace the three 5/16 screws previously


removed from the front of the machine located
around the mode board knobs.
22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previously
removed.

V350-PRO

F-70

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-70

F-71

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-71

F-72

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor


Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the status board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.30.

FIGURE F.30 STATUS BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
C
L1 S 71
11
D
30 1
-1

L1

11

07

-2

ST
AT

US

IN

PU

MO
DE
SE
LE
CT

L1
11
10
-1

A
AM
PS

V
VO
LTS

OU
TP
UT

LIN

C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
W AR

NI

NG

WE
LD

IN
RE

MO

TE

VE

TE
RM
IN
ALS

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

ER

ON

OF

V350-PRO

F-72

F-73

F-73

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

5. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the four screws


from the top and bottom of the front of the
machine. See Figure F.31.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled


forward to gain access to the status Board.
Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed
completely, only pulled forward a few inches.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six


screws and their washers from around the input
power switch. See Figure F.31.

9. The status board is now accessible to replace.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four


screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31.

FIGURE F.31 FRONT SCREW REMOVAL

5/16" Screws

A MPS

V OLTS

CONTROL

WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
LOCAL

REMOTE
ON

OUTPUT

SELECT
m

SELECT

WELD MODE

HOT
HO
T ST
STAR
ART

CC-STICK SOFT

-2

SELECT

9
0

ON

OFF

5/16" Screws
V350-PRO

+2
+4

-8

+8

-6

+6

-10
SOFT

10

-4

CV-WIRE
CV
-WIRE

Welder Output
Terminal Screws

TIG GT
GTAW

CV-FLUX
CV
-FLUX CORED

CC-STICK CRISP

ARC CONTR
CONTROL
OL

O FF
FF

+10
CRISP

O FF
FF

O FF
FF

Input Power
Switch Screws

F-74

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-74

STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the status board.
11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the display
board located directly above the status board.
12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board will be required.

16. Replace the four phillips head screws removed


from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
17. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
18. Using a 5/16 nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine

13. Replace the status board.


19. Replace the case wraparound cover.
14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed.
15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previously
removed.

V350-PRO

F-75

F-75

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
7/16 Socket or Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 15 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-76

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-76

SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge


Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.

4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32.

FIGURE F.32 SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION

Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE
5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board.
Figure F.33.

See

6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16 socket. Two


of these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connected
to them. Note the position of all leads and associated washers upon removal.

8. Replace the snubber board.


9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previously
removed. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs.
10. Replace the case wraparound cover.

7. Carefully remove the snubber board.


FIGURE F.33 SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP)

Lead 30
Lead B1

Lead 10
V350-PRO

F-77

F-77

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-78

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-78

POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION

POWER BOARD

LEFT SIDE
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge


Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.

4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34.

V350-PRO

F-79

F-79

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 and


J43. See figure F.35.
6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the power
board.
7. Remove the four screws and associated washers
at the corners of the board using a flathead screwdriver. Board is ready for removal. Note the position of washers upon removal.

9. Replace with new power board.


10. Secure the new power board into its proper position with the four screws and washers previously
removed.
11. Replace the three plugs previously removed.
Plugs J41, J42 and J43.
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.

8. Remove the power board.

FIGURE F.35 POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION

J42

J41

J43

V350-PRO

F-80

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-80

F-81

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
3/16 Allen wrench
5/16 Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Silicon Sealant

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-81

F-82

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-82

INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


PROCEDURE
6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using a
flathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position of
all leads and their positions upon removal. See
Figure F.37.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.


2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

7. Using a 3/16in. allen wrench remove the two


mounting screws and washers from the input
bridge. See Figure F.37.

4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36.


8. Remove the input bridge.
5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating the
six input rectifier terminals.
FIGURE F.36 INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION

INPUT
RECTIFIER

A
AM

PS

V
VO

LTS

OU

LIN
C
ELOLN
EC
TR
IC
W AR

NI

NG

TP

UT
WE
LD

IN
RE

M OT

VE

TE
RM
IN
ALS

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

ER

ON

OF

V350-PRO

F-83

F-83

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound to the point of contact between the input
rectifier and the mounting surface.
10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper position with the two 3/16in. allen mounting screws
previously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds.

11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to their


proper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds.
12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals with
silicon sealant.
13. Replace the case wraparound cover.

FIGURE F.37 INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP)

Small Lead "H1"


To Auxiliary Transformer

3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS

C
B

#207
#207A

#209

FRONT
REAR
V350-PRO

Small Lead "A"


To Circuit Breaker

F-84

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-84

F-85

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT
WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules for
maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
3/16 Allen wrench
9/64 Allen wrench
5/16 Nut Driver
7/16 Wrench
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Thin Knife/Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-85

F-86

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-86

OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES


REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behind
the snubber board. See figure F.38.

5. Before the output rectifier modules can be


reached, the Snubber Board Removal
Procedure must be performed.
6. After the snubber board is removed, remove the
four leads connected to the modules using a 3/16
allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40.
Note their positions for reassembly. See Figure
F.38.
7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of the
modules.

FIGURE F.38 OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS

Lead #20

Lead #X2

Lead #X4
Lead #40

Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE

V350-PRO

F-87

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-87

OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES


REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
8. Under the copper plate previously removed, there
is an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64 allen
wrench.

13. The screw threads may catch on the threads of


the heat sink, so be sure to get the face of the
screw into contact with the surface of the module
(using just hand torque).

9. Using a 7/16 socket remove the mounting bolts at


the top and bottom of the modules. See Figure
F.39.

14. Using a 7/16 socket, tighten each mounting bolt


to between 5 and 10 inch pounds.

10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removal


and/or replacement.

15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and


18 inch pounds.

11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thin


even coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound
to the bottom surface of the diode module. Note:
Keep the compound away from the mounting
holes.

16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inch


pounds this time).

12. Press the module firmly against the sink while


aligning the mounting holes. Insert each outer
screw through a spring washer and then a plain
washer and into the holes. Start threading all
three screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns by
hand).

15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their original


terminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to
30-40 Inch Pounds.
16. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
17. Replace the case wraparound cover.

FIGURE F.39 OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS

Mounting Bolts

3/16" Allen
Bolts
9/64" Allen
Bolts

Mounting Bolts

LEFT SIDE
V350-PRO

F-88

NOTES

V350-PRO

F-88

F-89

F-89

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for
maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16 Nut Driver
1/4 Nut Driver
1/2 Wrench
3/8 Wrench
Channel Locks
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Hammer
Crescent Wrench
Pliers
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO

F-90

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-90

CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.

5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the two


mounting screws from each wire feeder receptacle. See Figure F.40.
6. Using a 5/16 nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the back of the
machine. See Figure F.40.

4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder receptacles.

FIGURE F.40 CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS

REAR
OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Wire Feeder Receptacle


Mounting Screws
Plastic
Nut
5/16" Mounting Screws

V350-PRO

F-91

F-91

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


7. Label and remove the four leads connected to the
two wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may be
necessary.

11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the other


side of the rear assembly behind the plastic nut
that was previously removed. See Figure F.41.

8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to the


CB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary.

12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firmly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of its
ribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Be
sure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens in
a counter clockwise fashion if viewed from the
front of the machine.

9. Label and remove the seven leads from the


reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary.
10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plastic
nut from around the input power line located at
bottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41.

13. Using a 3/8 wrench label and remove leads #202,


#203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches.
See Figure F.41.

FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS

#206
#202
#207A
#203

A
AM

PS

V
VO

LTS

OU

LIN

TP

C
EL OLN
EC
TR
IC
WA

RN

IN

UT
WE
LD

IN
R EM

O TE

VE

TE
RM
IN
AL
S

SE
LE
CT

RT

EC

V3

50

-P

RO
PO

t
u
ut
N
N
tal stic
e
M Pla

ER

ON

O FF

V350-PRO

F-92

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-92

CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


14. The back of the machine may now gently be
pulled away to gain access to the current transducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot be
removed completely.

19. Using a 3/8 wrench, remove the four mounting


screws from the output diode heatsink assembly.
Take note placement of insulation for reassembly.
See Figure F.42.

15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open to


the right while facing the rear of the machine.

20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully remove


the heavy lead from the diode heatsink.

16. Perform the


Procedure.

21. Remove the output diode heatsink assembly


through the rear of the machine.

Snubber

Board

Removal

17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diode
module.
18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other output
diode module.

22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer.


23. Using a 3/8 nut driver, remove the two mounting
nuts from the current transducer.

FIGURE F.42 OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

FOUR 3/8"
MOUNTING
BOLTS

LEFT SIDE
V350-PRO

F-93

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

F-93

CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


24. Replace the current transducer.
25. Replace the two 3/8 mounting nuts previously
removed.
26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer.

33. Using a 3/8 wrench, replace leads #202, #203,


#206, and #207A previously removed from the
reconnect switches.
34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from the
inside of the rear wall on the back of the machine.
Channel locks may be necessary.

27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut.


28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly previously removed using a 3/8 wrench.
Note: Be sure to place insulation in its original
location.

35. Replace the large plastic nut from around input


power line located at the back of the machine.
36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel in
their proper locations.
37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker.

29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previously


removed from the two output diode modules.
Torque to 30-40 inch lbs.

38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder circuit breakers.

30. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement


Procedure.

39. Using a 5/16 nut driver, replace the four screws


at the top and bottom at the rear of the machine.

31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavy


flex lead to the bottom of the output diode
heatsink assembly using a 1/2 wrench. Note:
Dont forget to include all washers.

40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screws


from around each wire feeder receptacle.
41. Replace the case wraparound cover.

32. The rear of the machine may now be placed back


into its original position.

V350-PRO

F-94

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR

F-94

RETEST AFTER REPAIR

Retest a machine:
If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect the
machines electrical characteristics.

If you repair or replace any electrical components:

IDLE AMPS
Input Volts

Maximum Idle Amps

Idle Watts

230VAC

Less Than 1.0 Amp

400 Watts

460VAC

Less Than 0.5 Amp

400 Watts

575VAC

Less Than 0.5 Amp

400 Watts

Note: The machines output terminals should be energized but with no external load on the
machine.

PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE


This procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is
calibrated correctly.

FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.)


The fan should turn on when the machines output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately
5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized.

V350-PRO

G-1

G-1

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION-

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . .
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . .
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . .
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . .
CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC.
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. .
SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . .
SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . .
DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . .
DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . .
STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . .
STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . .
MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . .
MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . .
REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . .
REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . .
SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . .
SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

V350-PRO

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

SECTION G
G-2
G-3
G-4
G-5
G-6
G-7
G-8
G-9
G-10
G-11
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
G-16
G-17
G-18
G-19
G-20
G-21
G-22

G-2

G-2

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO

WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO


RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE

}
C1,C3

+
206

203

205

208

209

J21

1010
1020
610
605
608
616
1001
1002

1002 1020
1001 1010

903

3
2

901

804

J22
2

201

204
3200/300

FAN
COM2
115V
FAN

202

xxxxxxx

207

502
505

+C2,C4

802
806
801

16

UT

1 11 5

FAN FAN

5
16

716

P52

J9

G
W

J11

J10B

J8

15

J331

R
E
M
O
T
E J33

2A

209
H4

H2

380415V

550575V
H6

440460V
H5

554

CB1

6A

541

220230V
H3

553

207

PR
I-O
PR
I-I N

MAIN
XFMR

TP1

TP3

CHOKE

605
610
612
611
602
609

C
SE
BO

T
OS

X10

X4 X40
X10

503
506

L2
REACTOR

502
503

TP2

505

H1

J42

X2

X4

OUTPUT
RECTIFIER

24/42V WIRE FEEDER


REMOTE
(REAR VIEW )

32
2A

CB2
532

J
GND
B K I
2A
2B C L N H
4A
D M G
4B
E

77B 77A 76B 76A

21

X20

X40

75A
75B

115V WIRE FEEDER


REMOTE

66B

X30

SNB

X10

S
N
U
B
B
E
R

J41 3

66

C5

2400/80

65

65B

54

65
432
431
438
432
405
403

10 4

406

J43 7 1

41A

31

412
407
411
410
408

CONTROL
RECTIFIER
66

16

J6

P
O
W
E
R

11 5
12 6

4A
6 12
5 11
4 10
3

10

15

14

13

12

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

3 11
2 10
1

J5
J4

12 11 10

506

GAS
SOLENOID

42
41B
41
L N H 21B
24
D M G
4B
E F
75B
77B
76B

41B
2B C

207A

608
616
607
615

X30

32

GND
41

200208V

+
D
_
E
_

X3

J1

X20

L1
X30 REACTOR

CB2

X
1

T
OS

4
2
75
77
76
76A
554
553
552
551

4321
J90

901

4
77 76
E

C
A

TP4

901A

J34

2 2A
75
75A

R1
S1

6 PIN
REMOTE

10

TP6

J37

277
276
275

D
I
S
P
L
A
Y

277
276

10K/2W

275

CONTROL
POT

J31

903B

J311

R5

M
O
D
E

(REAR VIEW )

21B
21

903
J2

+ 77A

901B

903A

10

10

TP5

10

FLEX CIRCUIT

FLEX CIRCUIT

FLEX CIRCUIT

FLEX CIRCUIT

P55
438
431

401
402

1
2
3

551
552

COLOR CODE:
B = BLACK
G = GREEN
R = RED
W = WHITE
U = BLUE
N = BROWN
Y = YELLOW

(REAR VIEW)

21,21B,2A,4A,

NOTES
75A,76A,77A
: N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION.
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.
CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.
CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.

J3

410
403

INPUT
BRIDGE

UT

H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
( 380-575VAC POSITION )

N.C.

208

AUXILIARY
XFMR

202

BO

REAR OF MACHINE

206

X2

402
408
401
407

204

C
SE

406
412
405
411

24V

COM1

28V

42V

115V

COM2

S
T
A
T
U
S

CURRENT
TRANSDUCER

J7

xxxxxxx

FAN

207A

CB1
100 A CIRCUIT
BREAKER

COM2A
203

J10A

R
V

715

PR
I-I
N

24
541

205

PR
I-O

532
31
42

P56

PRIMARY
RECONNECT

54
41A

201

FRONT OF MACHINE

SWITCH
J20

607
615
716
715
611
612
609
602

1001,1002,
1010,1020

3200/300

806
801
804
802

INPUT
PER
N.A.

LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE


N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING
THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT
COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER.
N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE.
CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION.

CASE FRONT

BASE

MODE PANEL

PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT


ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537

J2,J5,J11,
J22, J41,
J311, P55 J9, J42, P53

J31,J33,
J34,J37

J1,J6,J7, P52

J8,
J20,J21

J43, J331

16

10

12

CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE


(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)

J10A,
J10B
1

6-2-2000A
G3707

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.
V350-PRO

G-3

G-3

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE

SWITCH BOARD

CR1

205
B-OUT

Dashed lines represent


copper bus connections.

4200 uF

607

716

J20-7
SOFT START
J20-3
high = softstart off

PULSE
TRANSFORMER
J20-5

(+)

J20-1

(-)

(-)

(+)

42

28V

76
77

K
A

2B

6 Pin Ampehnol
F

(front of machine)

2A 4B

77A

76A

4A

AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)

554

+10 Volts

J6-5
J6-10
J10B-1
J10B-2
J6-11
J6-12
J6-15
J6-7
J7-15
J7-16

J4-3

+5V SPI (b)

402
401
406

402
401
406

J4-2

+15V SPI (b)

J4-1
J4-6

GND SPI (b)


+5V RS232 (e)

405

405

J4-5

GND (e)

X3
0
X2

FR-IN
BK-IN

J43-6
J43-12
J43-4

+20 (c)

J43-8

438

CHOPPER GND (c)


POWER
SUPPLY +20 (d)
GND (d)

J43-2

432

J43-7
J43-1

431

J43-9

VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)


VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+)
GND (a)
SOFT START CONTROL
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
+ 15 (a)
FAN CONTROL
POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)
+15V (a)
+5V (a)
GND (a)
-15V (a)

LOCAL /
REMOTE
CONTROL

HOT
START

16

J31,J33,
1 J34,J37 5
6

10
J2,J5,J11,
J22,J41,
J311,P55
2
1
4

J9,J42,P53
1
3
4

J43, J331
6
1
7

12
J10A,
J10B
1
2

LOCAL CONTROL

MODE SELECT

J8,J20, J21
4
1

FLEX
CIRCUIT

CC - STICK 7018
CC - STICK 6010
TIG GTAW
CV - WIRE
CV - FLUX CORE

FLEX
CIRCUIT

ARC
CONTROL

FLEX
CIRCUIT

REMOTE

REMOTE

LOCAL

ON

STATUS PANEL

WELD
TERMINALS
ON / OFF

AMPS

VOLTS

CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE


(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
J3-1
J3-2
J3-3
J3-4
J3-5
J3-6
J3-7
J3-8
J3-9
J3-10

(+)15 VOLT SPI


(+)5 VOLT SPI
/SS
CS1
CS2
CS3
MISO
SCK
MOSI
GROUND SPI

NOTES :
N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.

DISPLAY PANEL

MODE SELECT PANEL


ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537

GAS SOLENOID
(option)

605
610
1010
1020
611
612
615
607
715
716

J4-11

SPI
POWER
SUPPLY SPI GND (b)
RS232 +5 RS232 (e)
supply
GND (e)

438
431

75

75A

THERMOSTAT

411

J31-10
J31-9
J31-8
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
J31-2
J31-1

32

THERMOSTAT

J5-2

403

J43-1

GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
MISO
CS3
CS2
THERMAL
CS1
/SS
(+)5 VOLT SPI
NO CONNECTION

21 75B
G

41A

275
277

115 Volt Amphenol


(bottom amphenol
on back of machine)

P55-1
P55-2
P55-3
P55-4

FLEX
CIRCUIT

J5-3

502

403

J42-2

+5 SPI (b)
+15 SPI (b)

J31-1
J31-2
J31-3
J31-4
J31-5
J31-6
J31-7
J31-8
J31-9
J31-10

77B 76B
4B

65

31

X3

66B

552

2B

65B

J45-2
+40 VDC
66
J45-1

503

411

J42-3
J42-5

408
410

GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
(+)5 VOLT SPI
NO CONNECTION

24 / 42 Volt Amphenol
(top amphenol on
back of machine)
41B

X1

42

54

551

J1,J6,J7, P52

J4-7
J4-12
J4-8
J4-10

407
412

115B

(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE


(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE

407
412
408
410

J42-4
J42-1

J9-1
J9-3

276

N
K

power down signal


+15 (a)
MACHINE
CONTROL +5 (a)
POWER GND (a)
SUPPLY
-15 (a)

POWER
BOARD

J311-1
J311-2
J311-3
LOCAL CONTROL J311-4

901
903

506

612

LOCAL CONTROL
LOCAL CONTROL
NO CONNECTION

41B

CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )


+15V
-15V
CONTROL BOARD COMMON

C2/TP2
320V
.05uF 160J
600V

503

502

J31-10
J31-9
J31-8
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
J31-2
J31-1

J8-1
J8-2
J8-4
J8-6

505

21B
75B

24

801
802
804
806

NEGATIVE

505

GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
+ 5 VOLT SPI
NO CONNECTION

41

32

B1

COM2

NO CONNECTION J331-12
"2" LEAD J331-11
J331-10
"77" LEAD
J331-9
14 PIN'S "76" LEAD
J331-8
SOLENOID COIL (+)
SOLENOID SUPPLY (+)
J331-7
14 PIN'S "4" LEAD
J331-6
J331-5
6 PIN'S "4" LEAD
J331-4
"75" LEAD
J331-3
6 PIN'S "76" LEAD
SOLENOID COIL (-)
J331-2
SOLENOID SUPPLY (-)
J331-1
GROUND SPI J31-10
MOSI J31-9
SCK
J31-8
J31-7
MISO
CS3
J31-6
CS2
J31-5
CS1 J31-4
J31-3
/SS
+ 5 VOLT SPI
J31-2
NO CONNECTION
J31-1

2A

R1

THERMOSTAT
506

1010

541
CB1 6A
41

532

C1/TP1 320V
.05uF 160J
TP3 600V
150V
80J

903B
REACTOR

POSITIVE

611

615

715

FAN

901B

21
MAIN CHOKE 903A

J52-5 42V

24V

J52-7
J56-1
24
54

COM2A
COM2
115A
532 J52-1
115B
COM1
541 J52-16 COM1A
41A J56-6
J52-11

31

J20-2
FAN CONTROL
J20-6

J22-4
J22-1
J22-2
FAN POWER
J22-3

(200-208)
(220-230)
(380-415)
(440-460)
(550-575)
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6

FAN
115 VAC
FAN

CURRENT
TRANSDUCER
S1
21B

SNB
1020

801
802
804
806
901A

201

xxxxxxx

TRANSFORMER

610

J21-4
J21-8

207

Shown connected for


200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage

AUXILIARY

X2
0

2A

GND

605

J21-7
V/F CONVERTER # 2
J21-3

4200 uF

I OUT J90-3
+15V J90-1
-15V J90-2
GND J90-4

X4

A-OUT

L3

G GREEN

OUTPUT
DIODES

X4
0

204

NEG

B-IN S

AC1

X1
0

202

TP1
A

208

AC2

L3

U BLACK

203

TP3 TP2

L2

V RED

4200 uF

POS

AC3

J6-9
J6-2
J6-16
J6-8
J10A-1
J10A-2

REACTOR

J21-2 608
J21-1 1001
J21-5 1002

S
7

V/F CONVERTER # 1

INPUT
LINES

H1

L1

W WHITE

SNUBBER
BOARD

J21-6 616

A-IN

4200 uF

+15V
MAIN RELAY CONTROL
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+)

609
602
616
608
1001
1002

100 AMP
CIRCUIT BREAKER
/
INPUT SWITCH

MAIN TRANSFORMER

206

xxxxxxx

RECONNECT SWITCH

CONTROL BOARD

602

J20-8

250 Ohms

209

609

J20-4

MAIN
CR1
INPUT
RELAY

REMOTE BOARD

553
graphical representation
of potentiometer connection

6-2-2000A

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-4

G-4

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1

D30

/RES

D32

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

100pF

/RES

475

+15V

(3)

74AC14

D25

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

26.7K

R38

R84

13

D7

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

820pF

475

R168

CAPBOV

D6

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

D8
MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

820pF

820pF

CAPB_UV

C72

C69

4700pF

(3)
820pF

+15V

10

D17

R99
MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

R33
10.0K

10.0K

C46

R100
475K

1uF
35V

J5

J5
J5

J5

R3

R34

1uF
35V

INT_1_3PH

(4)

C74

(4)

14

/DS

G1
V1 11
G2
V2 19
G3
V3 37
G4
V4 47
G5
V5 61
G6
V6 72
G7
V7 86
G8
V8 89
G9
G10 V9 109
G11 V10 121
G12 V11 135
G13 V12 144
G14

/RES 92
93
80
TSC
/BERR 94
FREEZE 81
/BKPT 79
FPGA_RESET 114
FPGA_DONE 113
LEVEL_IN 112
RMC 111
/AS 106
/DS 110
SOFTST 105
MN_CNT 104

FPGA_INT
INT_CAN
FPGA_BAD

(4)

+5V

J6

12

OUTPUT_ON 102
SYS_RESET 101
PWRDN_INT 100
99
FAULT_INT
98
FPGA_INT
97
INT_CAN
96
FPGA_BAD
INT_100 95

(4) OUTPUT_ON
SYS_RESET
(2,3,4)
(4)
(2)
(4)

C67

C73

0.1uF

0.1uF

FAULT
SIGNAL
RED

C68
D

0.1uF

/RES

CRYSTAL 85
83

RMC
/AS
/DS

LED7

+5V

TPU0
TPU1
TPU2
TPU3
TPU4
TPU5
TPU6

750

+5V
+5V
+5V

X17
CLK_8
CLK
SCK7
CMP4

/RES
THERMOSTAT
SSOUT
OVR_CUR
FET_B
CAPA_OV
CAPA_UV
FET_A
MN_CNT
FAULT_INT
PRI_OC
PWRDN_INT
MN_OUT
SPI_LATCH7

43
44
1
36
34
33

J1
J1
J1
J1
J1

40
41
42
2
3
5
6
7
8
12
13
14
16
18

GCK1
GCK2
GCK3
GTS1
GTS2
GSR
IO1A
IO2A
IO4A
IO6A
IO8A
IO9A
IO10A
IO11A
IO12A
IO13A
IO14A
IO15A
IO16A
IO17A

TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
IO1B
IO2B
IO4B
IO7B
IO8B
IO9B
IO10B
IO11B
IO12B
IO13B
IO14B
IO15B
IO16B
IO17B

CPLD

8
9
11
10
9
24
39
38
37
32
31
30
29
28
27
23
22
21
20
19

11
10
MISO7
RESET_RAMP
STROBE_AD
CAPB_UV
CAPB_OV
CLR_CAP
CMP0
CMP2
CRYSTAL
OUTPUT_ON
SOFTST
DISABLE_455

R174

(4)
(3)
(3)

(3)

(2)

MISO
(4)
MOSI
(3,4)
SCK
(3,4) SPI_CS0
(4)
SPI_CS1
(4)
SPI_CS2
(4)
SPI_CS3
(4) RS232_TXD
(2) RS232_RXD
(2)

13
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
17
16
15
14
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
75
76

XFC
CLKOUT
CSBOOT'
RESET'
BR' /CS0'
HALT'
BG' /CS1'
TSC
BGACK' /CS2'
IPIPE' /DSO
BERR'
FREEZE IFETCH' / DSI
BKPT'/DSCLK
R/W
DSACK0'
/PE0
A0
DSACK1'
/PE1
A1
AVEC'
/PE2
A2
RMC'
/PE3
A3
AS'/PE4
A4
DS'/PE5
A5
SIZ0 /PE6
A6
SIZ1 /PE7
A7
A8
PF0/ MODCLK
A9
PF1/ IRQ1'
A10
PF2/ IRQ2'
A11
PF3/ IRQ3'
A12
PF4/ IRQ4'
A13
PF5/ IRQ5'
A14
PF6/ IRQ6'
A15
PF7/ IRQ7'
A16
A17
T2CLK
TPUCH0 PC3/CS6' /A18
TPUCH1 PC4/CS7' /A19
TPUCH2 PC5/CS8' /A20
TPUCH3 PC6/CS9' /A21
A22
TPUCH4
CS10' /A23
TPUCH5
TPUCH6 PC0/CS3' /FC0
TPUCH7 PC1/CS4' /FC1
TPUCH8 PC2/CS5' /FC2
TPUCH9
TPUCH10
D0
TPUCH11
D1
TPUCH12
D2
TPUCH13
D3
TPUCH14
D4
TPUCH15
D5
D6
PQS0/MISO
D7
PQS1/MOSI
D8
PQS2/SCK
D9
PQS3/PCS0/ SS'
D10
PQS4/PCS1
D11
PQS5/PCS2
D12
PQS6/PCS3
D13
PQS7/TXD
D14
RXD
D15
MC68332PV
EXTAL
XTAL

R/W
+5V

11

X30

11

11

11

11

11

11

14
12
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
48
17
16
26
11
28
47

/RES
ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR8
ADDR9
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR12
ADDR13
ADDR14
ADDR15
ADDR16
ADDR17
ADDR18
ADDR19
/CSB
R/W

X25
WP' VPP
RP' VCC
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
D0
A5
D1
A6
D2
A7
D3
A8
D4
A9
D5
A10
D6
A11
D7
A12
D8
A13
D9
A14 D10
A15 D11
A16 D12
A17 D13
A18 D14
CE' D15
WE' GND1
OE' GND2
BYTE'

DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA6
DATA7
DATA11
DATA3
DATA8

0.1uF

29
31
33
35
38
40
42
44
30
32
34
36
39
41
43
45
46
27

+5V TE28F800B5-B90

10

C111

13
37

512Kx16
FLASH

ADDR[1:19]

MMBT4401

X24

15

3
Q20

+5V

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12

D
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15

87
90 CLK
(1,4)
140 /CSB
141 /CS0
142 /CS1
143 /CS2
77
/IPIPE
78
/IFETCH
103
R/W
115
39
ADDR1
40
ADDR2
41
ADDR3
42
ADDR4
43
ADDR5
44
ADDR6
45
ADDR7
46
ADDR8
49
ADDR9
50
ADDR10
51
ADDR11
52
ADDR12
56
ADDR13
57
ADDR14
58
ADDR15
60
ADDR16
63
ADDR17
64
ADDR18
6
ADDR19
7 DSP_RESET
8 VPP_CTRL
9 IACK
10 CAN_CS
3
4FPGA_CS
5 FUNCEN

12
4

J1
J1

+5V

(4)
(3)
(2)

ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR8
ADDR9
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR12
ADDR13
ADDR14
ADDR15
ADDR16
ADDR17

(3)
(4)

139
138
137
136
133
132
131
130
127
125
124
122
119
118
117
116

DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15

44
43
42
27
26
25
24
21
20
19
18
5
4
3
2
1
22

ADDR[1:19]
/CS2
R/W
/CS2
/CS0
/CS1

(3)
(4)
(4)

/CS0
/CS1

6
17
41
39
40

(4)
(4)

X27
A0 VCC1
A1 VCC2
A2
A3128KX16
A4 SRAM
A5
A6
D0
A7
D1
A8
D2
A9
D3
A10
D4
A11
D5
A12
D6
A13
D7
A14
D8
A15
D9
A16 D10
D11
D12
CE' D13
WE' D14
OE' D15
LB' GND1
UB' GND2
IS61C12816

BANK1

C113

11
33

7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
29
30
31
32
35
36
37
38

0.1uF
D
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15

12
34

DATA[0:15]

820pF

(4)

D
D

47.5
NOISE_GND

(3)

1.00K

C2

D19

BAV99

NOISE_GND
SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT

2.21K

R2
47.5

D2

R32

NOISE_GND

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING

EN-170

(2)
(1)
(4)
(4)

/BKPT

PWRDN_INT

3
1
Q19

R179
3.32K
2 X23
VDD
1
RES' 1
VSS
MMBT4401
3 S80746AN
4.6V/2%

10.0K
R254

R183

1.00K

C4

/RES
3

FREEZE

+5V

FPGA_RESET
FPGA_DONE

22.1K

R169

CAPBUV

Q10
3 10A,100V

NOISE_GND

R203 CAPB_OV

1.00k

J6

NOISE_GND

(4)

74AC14

22.1K

CAP0

X30

R37

C6

J6

820pF

22.1K

J6

820pF

NOISE_GND

R39

BAV99
D79
1
3
1

R85

C71

3 10A,100V

2 IRLR120N

C142

0V = NORMAR
5V = FAULT

J6

11
+15V

J6

CAPA_UV

C70

(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)

0.1uF

D5

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

820pF

/RES

+5V

1.00K

C3

CAPA_OV

R135

CAPAUV

C5

J6

1.00k R136

1
1

5
13

X30

1uF
35V

10.0k R189

J6

22.1K
CAPAOV

J6

S1G

Q9

475

NOISE_GND

R35

22.1K

J6

10

C141
0.1uF

0V = NORMAR
5V = FAULT

S1G

2 BAV99
D78
3

/BERR

330pF

C104

D
9

2 IRLR120N

R187

/RES

D3

+5V

+15V

J7

D4

NOISE_GND

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

THERMOSTAT

D
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: F.V.


ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.:

G 3789-1D0/1

SOLID EDGE

475

LEVEL_IN

26
15
35

J7

12

R41

VCCIO
VCC1
VCC2

13

R11

XC9536-15-VQ44I

X30

0.1uF

GND1
GND2
GND3

X10

1uF

J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1

4
17
25

/RES

74AC14

(4)

0.1uF

475
R36

NOISE_GND

C136 C11

BAT54S
D82

D86
BAV70LT1

R257

D81
1BAT54S

C27

10.0K

C123

C143

+5V

D
10

11

R242

2
4.75K

J7

16

R21

X10

X21
X21
X21
X21
X21
X21
X21
X21

10.0K

Q7

D115

(4)

FAN_CONTROL

475

1
2

NOISE_GND

1SMB5930
1.5W
16V

BAV70LT1
D91

R51

15

11

DATA[0:15]

+5V

+5V

4700pF

J6
J6

14

D18

D85
BAV70LT1

MMBT4401 3

NOISE_GND

X2
1
VS1 8
VS2 6
OUTPUT1 7
OUTPUT2 4
GND1 5
GND2 3
NC 2
INPUT
MIC4451BM

D114

R40 475

0.1uF

MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3

100pF

1uF

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

R258

0.1uF

LE
OE'
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

+5V

475

820pF

R186 10.0K

C22

10.0K

C135 C14

R87

10.0K R181

2
4.75K

D80
BAT54S

(4)

J7

13
475

C122

C43

10.0K

J6
J6

D76

Q5

R46

STT_ON

120uF
50V

NOISE_GND

C44

NOISE_GND

475

(2,4)

R88

D77

R15

C13 J4

4.7uF
35V

CAP1

X10

R81

10.0K
R185

D31

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V
MMBT4401 3

NOISE_GND

3
VPP

R/W

PTC

X3
1
VS1 8
VS2 6
OUTPUT1 7
OUTPUT2 4
GND1 5
GND2 3
NC 2
INPUT
MIC4451BM

MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3

100pF

16

J6

C12

D83
BAT54S

R259

J7

475

+15V
MF-R050

C25

10.0K

J6

0.1uF

1.00K

+15V
8

R90

22.1K

0.1uF

0.1uF

22uF
20V

1SMB5930
1.5W
16V

R8

C110 C120 C108

22uF
20V

D15

R47

THERMAL_LED
4.75K

C119

MMBT4401 3 R20
NOISE_GND
1
Q6

C99

10.0K

C90

J7

14

Q15
MMBT4403

1.00K

MICRO_CONTROLLER

100pF

BAV70LT1
D90

(4)

0.1uF

2
1

R172

10.0K R200

D84
BAV70LT1

C18

10.0K

R260

D29

4.75K

R17
475

R171

MC68332

+15V

10.0K R199

10.0K

+5V

10.0K R180

MISC1

J7

15

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

(4)

475

10.0K R164

R43

Q4

C95
0.1uF

R19
475

J7

0.1uF

10.0K

R14

0.1uF

R170

D44

NOISE_GND

0.1uF

J7

1
MMBT4401 3

0.1uF

38 VSTDBY

74AC573
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

/RES

74AC14

R10
475

1uF
35V

2
12
20
35
48
54
62
74
82
91
107
120
128
134

1uF
35V

VDDSYN 84
VDDE 25
VSSE 26

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

100pF

C105 C93 C109 C106

74AC14

R261

J7

+5V

+5V

X24

74AC14

10.0K

C94 C107

R255
1K

C15

R18
475

R256
1K

4.75K

Q1

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

1
MMBT4401

J7

D9

+5V

R16

475

D24

R42
MISC0

R9

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

(4)

+15V

J7

74AC14

475

BAV70LT1
D89

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-5

G-5

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #2

+5V

R163
1.00K

+15V

4.7uF
35V

GREEN

X10
74AC14

C88

C137
0.1uF

X30
74AC14

R165

+5VRS232
+5V

C91

R166

R167

475

J4

10

D16

X4
-15V

J4

+5V

C89
150pF

35V
4.7uF

MC79L05ABD
2
1
I
O

11

12

MC145407

J4

GREEN

1W
200

TP7

4.7uF
35V

D63 S1G

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

LED2

J2

1.00K

D13
1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

LED5
GREEN

4.7uF
35V

J4

C65
10uF
16V

1000uF
35V

C62

C66

J2

GRS232

10

10uF+5VRS232
16V

+5VRS232

X16

14

MC145407

C63

GRS232

R131

X16

C61

C92

4.7uF

0.1uF

MC145407

J4

J4

LED6
GREEN

35V

10uF

1.00K

16

J2

D12

1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK


GRS232

+15SPI

J4

MC145407

4 VSS VCC 19
C2+ C21 3 MC145407

16V

D52

X16

11

20 18
C1+ C1- 17
2 GND
VDD

-10VRS232

J2

18V
1/2W
MMSZ5248BT1

X16

+10VRS232

X16

10uF
16V

MC145407

1.00K

GREEN

150pF

TRAN

1W
200

13

R82

4.7uF
35V

R132

OCI2
HCPL-0601

GRS232

+5SPI

LED3

X16
D

GRS232

C39

15

C64

18V
1/2W
MMSZ5248BT1

GRS232
NOISE_GND

MC145407
3

GRS232

C45

8 7

R89
C10

Q13
MMBT4403

D58

D46 -5V
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920

C16

OCI1
HCPL-0601

1.00K
0.1uF

R204
10.0K
2

MMSZ5248BT1
1/2W
18V

2.21K

X16

2
Q14
MMBT4403

D59

C9

NOISE_GND

R31

R133

8 7

(1)

+5V

0.1uF

475
7

X10

+5VRS232

PW2
C42
0.1uF

RS232_TXD

D1

J4

PW1

1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

D14

LED1

14

MMSZ5248BT1
1/2W
18V

2.21K

C1

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

(1)

74AC14

J4

14

RS232_RXD

X10

+5V

R1

D53

12

74AC14

J4

+5V

GSPI

R134

+15v

2.21K

2.21K

4.75K

NOISE_GND
+15v

2.21K

100

R12

15V
1.5W
1SMB5929

D10

J8
J8

100
C133
0.1uF

1SMB5929
1.5W
15V

C134
0.1uF

D11

+15V
3

S1G
D72
STATUSS1G
D74

Q2
2N7002

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR8

J7

LED9
GREEN

D26

R30

J8
J8

C116
22pF

7
NOISE_GND
D

X28

VCC
TX1
ALE/AS
RX1
RD*/E
RX0
MODE0
TX0
MODE1 CAN P2.5
INT*
P2.4
DSACK0*
P2.3
RESET*
P2.2
CS*
P2.1
WRH*/P2.7
P2.0
INT*/P2.6
CLKOUT
AD0
RDY/MISO
AD1
R/W*
AD2
P1.0/AD8
AD3
P1.1/AD9
AD4/MOSI P1.2/AD10
AD5
P1.3/AD11
AD6/SCLK P1.4/AD12
AD7
P1.5/AD13
XTAL1
P1.6/AD14
XTAL2
P1.7/AD15
VSS2
VSS1

AN82527

25
21
22
26
12
13
14
15
16
17
27
28
7
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
23

GCAN

R178

10.0K

1.00K
GCAN

(1,4)

R/W
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15

2
1

8 7

OCI3

Q16
MMBT4403
3

1
3
4
2

RO VCC 8
OE
A 6
DI
B 7
RE* GND 5
MAX485
TRANSCEIVER

HCPL-0601

221

R196
150

J11

BUSS_L

GCAN

J11

BUSS_H

GCAN

GCAN
3

R197

X29

0.1uF

R191 R194
475
CLK_8

0.1uF

C103

TXA

150

C121

RXA
+5V

R198

+5CAN

+5CAN

GCAN

GCAN

DATA[0:15]
D

ISOLATION BARRRIER

CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY

C118

NOISE_GND

SYS_RESET
CAN_CS

ADDR[1:18]

-15V

+5V

INT_CAN

J11

HCPL-0601

16.00Mhz

(1)
(1)
(1)

Y1

STATUS LED
CIRCUITRY

R52

1
5
6
44
30
24
9
29
8
10
11
4
3
2
43
42
41
40
39
18
19
20

LED8

+5CAN

1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

D27

4.75K

GCAN

R190 R192

J11

1.00K

GREEN

OCI4

0.1uF

D73

0.1uF

R177

1
Q17
MMBT4403

S1G

4.7uF
35V

7 8

C115

1SMB5931
1.5W
18V

Q3
2N7002

C101

D62

S1G
D71
STATUS+

C102

475

0.1uF
+5V

CONTROL BOARD
VOLTAGE SUPPLIES

R195

1.00K

LED10
RED

+5V

R193

1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

GSPI

C117

J7

D61

J8
J8

+5CAN

+5CAN

R13

1SMB5920
1.5W
6.2V

GREEN

D60

J4

D43

LED4

4.7uF
35V

+5V

1SMB5930
1.5W
16V

C40

D 22pF

CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY

GSPI

GROUND
TIE POINT

EN-170

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: F.V.


ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.:

G 3789-1D0/2

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-6

G-6

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #3


+15V

+2.5V

D99
1

MURS320T3
+15V
0.1uF
C82

R152

R149

10

10

R65 33.2K
+5VA
2 +
3 L

V-

PRI_OC

(1)

(4)

DA_CS

+15V
4
2 1
R214
3 +X20
11
1.00K
MC33074AD
-15V
C128
22pF

0.1uF
+2.5V
VDREF

R63

8
7

R67

R62

MC33074AD

100

221
AA=5VA

-15V
C60

C59

0.1uF

0.1uF

-15V

R122

C58

R123

3.32K

R129

C37

R78
1.50K

MMBT4401 3
Q18
10.0K
1
7

R218
2
S1G
D70

R56
1.00K
D
A

OVR_CUR

I>56A = HI
I<56A = LO

(1)

8
LT1016

C21

C23

0.1uF

0.1uF

20

18

19

(4)

STT CURRENT FLOW

V+
V-

C550.1uF
-15V

D68
S1G

BAT54S
D47

BAT54S
D54

X30

X30

AD8403ARU10
X6

+15V

R60

SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE

CLR_CAP

(1)

+5VA
I_AD

475

R114

26.7K

26.7K

+15V
R206

+15V
4
1

2 4
9 R121 10.0K
3 +X14
8
X14
10 +
11
MC33074AD
MC33074AD
C57
11
X31
0.1uF
D 8
-15V
TURN_OFF_N6 IN2
S 1
A (4) +15V+5VA
5 VL
A
4 V+
7 V3 GND
-15V

ADG417D1

TP6 1

R124

R125

100K

150K

+5VA
1

R118
+15V

R115

D50
3
BAV99
2

100K

4 MC33074AD
6 7
5 +X14
11

R117
150K

V_AD

A 1.00k

6.81K
+15V

3.32K

0.1uF

11

C28

100K

-5V

+5VA

2
1.50K

0.1uF

R130

1.00K

R61
C126
330pF

C129

0.27uF
C34

14

1.00K

0.1uF

X5

3 L

4 MC33074AD A
R141

X8

5 6

IRF7103
Q11

R120

150pF

R80
1.50K

C38
150pF

R76
1.50K

C36

C35

R74
1.50K

150pF

D38

150pF

5.1V
1/2W
MMSZ5231

D35

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V
5.1V
1/2W
MMSZ5231

D36
EN-170

D37

100K

D42

3500 VOLTS
ON CONNECTOR

IDEAL VOLTAGE
2/6/202.6,
70V=0.9V

4.75K

D40

R77
21
1/2W_HV

5.1V
1/2W
MMSZ5231

R128
3.32K

R210

5.1V
1/2W
MMSZ5231

J9

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

D41

J9

4.75K

1M
R212

100K

R209

9 10 +

+5VA

1/2W_HV

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

R79

4
13 12 +X14
11

16
21
1
17
5
9

0.1uFC30

MC33074AD

D39

J9

-STUP

14
3
15

INPUT FROM 2nd LEM

R49

2 +

100

10.0K
I_FLOW_STT
-15V
11
5+
X20
6- 4
+15V

24

100K

A0
V+
A1
VEN
GND
S1A
S2A
DA
S3A
S4A
S1B
S2B
DB
S3B
S4B
ADG409

+5VA
A

R217

R58

22

67
1/2W_HV

R75

1
16
2
4
5
6
7
13
12
11
10

100K

23

MSEL0
MSEL1
MSELEN

26.7K

CURRENT FEEDBACK
INTEGRATOR

+15V

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

100K

X15

0.1uF

R691.00K

R72

D67
S1G

R127 6.81K

+15V

1.00K

+15V

+15V

VL
V+
VGND
ADG417D1
D

Iout = -Vin*0.99mA

100K
R208

R73
+STUP
1/2W_HV

J9

-15V

R112

A 1.50K

5
4
7
3

47.5K
-15V

R113

S 1

1M
R211

J9

0.1uF

C52

IN2

TP5

511

C8

R29

MSEL0
MSEL1
MSELEN

SEL_I_ON

(4)

OP-27

47.5K

J9

X1
4

(4)
(4)
(4)

D 8

-15V

C17
820pF

BAT54S
D34

X13

AD8403ARU10

R55

47.5K

47.5K
R54 1.00K

74AC14

0.022uF

+15V+5VA

R57

74AC14

C7

CURRENT LIMIT
CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THE
FETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT
IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL

R44

221

-15V

X6

R24

CURRENT TRANSDUCER
INPUT = (-VOLTAGE)

-15V

1
-

R28

2.21K

7
2

2.67K

BAV99
D66

511

R25

R48

14

X8

R59

10.0K

R23

R27
47.5K

CURRENT TRANSDUCER
SIGNAL IN
4V = 500A OUTPUT

+15V

16
21
1
17
5
9

A +5V

R53

J8
A

X6
AD8403ARU10

R26
10.0K

J7

TP3

1.00K R68

4 MC33074AD
6 7
5 + X8
11

10.0K

47.5K

R22-15V

+15V

11

X32
CLK
VDD
RS' AGND1
CS' AGND2
SHDN'
AGND3
SDI AGND4
SDO DGND
AD8403ARU10

+5VA

11

R107

V_AD

14
15
11
10
12
13

+15V

820pF

BAT54S
D28

MOSI

CLK
VDD
RS' AGND1
CS' AGND2
SHDN'
AGND3
SDI AGND4
SDO DGND
AD8403ARU10

33.2K

R71 1.00K

J7

13 12 +

-5V

R109

12

C19

+5VA

R140

0.1uF
C1250.1uF
A

I_AD

+15V

221

+15V

PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A

J8

221
R241
10.0K

4.75K

X6
C124

TP2

14
15
11
10
12
13

A/D CONVERSION

R45

R102

8
LT1016

5
6

10pF

V+

X7

2.21K
R207
100K

20
1
19
3
2
16
17

100K

+5VA

X6

5
6

C32

R66

R70

C51

D98

150pF

+2.5V

18

+5VA

SCK
SYS_RESET
POT_CS

(1)
(1)
(3)
(1)

/RES

(1)

D0
VDD
D1
D2
D3
RFB
D4
IOUT1
D5
D6
VREF
D7
DGND
D8
AGND
D9
D10
CS'
D11
WR'
AD7945BRS

R216
10.0K

AD_DATA0
AD_DATA1
AD_DATA2
AD_DATA3
AD_DATA4
AD_DATA5
AD_DATA6
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA10
AD_DATA11
AD_DATA12
AD_DATA13

R106

10.0K

(4)

1.50K

C56

D49
3
BAV99
2

0.27uF

7 8

Q11
IRF7103

4 MC33074AD
R138
1

X8

475

11

S1G
D64

-15V

1<GAIN<11

R126
1.00K

1.00K

2 3 +

IDEAL V_AD
2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS

A
A

-15V

R119

R116
475

475

VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
A

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: F.V.


ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.:

G 3789-1D0/3

SOLID EDGE

R155
10

MURS320T3

D33

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4

DB0
VDD
DB1
VREF
CONVST' DB2
CS'
DB3
RD'
DB4
A0
DB5
VA1
DB6
VB1
DB7
VA2
DB8
VB2
DB9
AGND1 DB10
AGND2 DB11
DGND DB12
BUSY DB13
AD7863ARS-2

R103

AD_DATA[0:13]

R158
10

AD_DATA0
AD_DATA1
AD_DATA2
AD_DATA3
AD_DATA4
AD_DATA5
AD_DATA6
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA10
AD_DATA11

X12

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
28

R161
10

23

R148
10

SAWTOOTH GENERATOR

22

+5V

R151
10

C127

R154
10

0.1uF

R157
10

R230

24
19
STROBE_AD 8
AD_CS 21
22
20
25
V_AD
26
18
I_AD
17
27
16
7
23

X19

D55
10

R160

PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE

BAV99

121K

47.5K

+2.5V

S1G D75

24

+2.5V

AD8403ARU10

(1)
(4)

1.00K
R231

+5VA

D101

C26

-15V

D51

D56

MURS320T3
MURS320T3

MURS320T3

D57

MURS320T3

0.1uF

D65
S1G

DZ3
MURS320T3

R213
1.00K

100K

1N5358B

J10B

X32 MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V
D69

1N5333B

DZ2

-15V

AD8403ARU10

J10B

X32

100K
C140
0.1uF

C50

22uF
20V

DZ1

C49

0.1uF

10.0K

C80

22uF
20V

R139

1N5333B

4.75K

R142

C54

0.1uF

R108

0.022uF
C86

+5V

C85

1.00K

(1)

C83

RESET_RAMP

4
13 14
12 +X20
MC33074AD
11

0.1uF

R146

J10A

AD8403ARU10

DZ4

R143

+5VA

Q12

MMBT4401 3

-9
X20 10
+
MC33074AD
11

100K

1N5358B

1.00K

47.5K

R111

D100

TP4

MURS320T3

E1

+5VA

R144

TP1

R110

33.2K
R233

J10A

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-7

G-7

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #4

C48
0.1uF

+5V

AT25128

8
7
6
5

D
SCK3
MOSI_B

BD ID=03
D

2
3
1

0.1uF C84

0.1uF C114

10.0K R250

BAV99LT1D107

2
3

BAV99LT1D106

2
3

BAV99LT1D105

2
3

BAV99LT1D104

BAV99LT1D103

10

11

12

VCC2
SGCK1
IO206
IO205
IO204
NC203
NC202
IO201
IO200
IO199
IO198
IO197
IO196
GND195
IO194
IO193
NC192
IO191
IO190
IO189
IO188
IO187
IO186
IO185
IO184
VCC183
GND182
IO181
IO180
IO179
IO178
IO177
IO176
IO175
IO174
NC173
IO172
IO171
GND170
IO169
IO168
IO167
IO166
NC165
IO164
IO163
IO162
IO161
PGCK4
IO159
GND
TDO

14

10.0K R249

R98
10.0K

10.0K R248

R97
10.0K

10.0K R247

R96
10.0K

10.0K R246

R95
10.0K

10.0K R245

R94
10.0K

10.0K R244

R93
10.0K
X33

R253
10.0K

6
7
8
9

19

4.75k

4.75k

R86
475

D45

+5SPI +15SPI

22pF

A3

B3

A4

B4

A5

B5

A6

B6

A7

B7

A8
GND

B8
DIR

ENABLE VCC

DR262

18

R223
100

332

17

R224
100

R263
332

16

R240
100

R264
332

15

R226
100

R265
332

14

R227
100

R266
332

R228
100

R267
332

3
4
5
6
9

13

J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3

12
11

+5V

1
20

0.1uF

R83
C130

A1
B1
74HC245
A2
B2

C131

R229
10.0K

+5V

R222
74AC14

(1)

2
3

+5V

R182

(1)

10.0K R243

R92
10.0K

13

(2)
(1)

2
3

TPU3
TPU2
CLK_8
TPU0
FPGA_RESET

13

(1)

4.75k

X10

+5V

14

DSP_A13
DSP_A14
DSP_A15
FUNCEN
TPU6
TPU5

R91
PSW0
PSW1
PSW2
PSW3
PSW4
PSW5
PSW6
PSW7

DSP_A7
DSP_BIO

10.0K

(1)

475

7
10

MMSZ5231
1/2W
5.1V

GSPI

J3
J3
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

EN-170

VSS_213
DVDD_6 3
VSS_12
DVDD_8 92
VSS_984
VCCA 8
VSS_13
CVDD_2 761
VSS_760
CVDD_1

D
AD_DATA13
AD_DATA12
TPU4
TPU1
CAP1
DSP_A4
DSP_A5
DSP_A6

+5V

12

(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)

+5V
+5V

10

+5V

R137

+5V

(1)
(3)

30
31
33
34
38
39
32
40

10.0K

R251

113
120

(1)

(1)
(1)

VREFLO
VSS_3
VSS_4
VSS_5
VSS_6
VSS_8
VSS_10
VSS_11
VSS_12
TCK
TDI
TMS
TDO
EMU0
EMU1/OFF
TRST
NMI

/CS0
/CS1

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

(1)

CS'
VCC
SO HOLD'
WP'
SCK
GND
SI

(3)

X11

(1)

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

X22
TMS320F240

72 OUTPUT_ON
73
74 V_AD
75
76
77
78
79
91
90
89 I_AD
88
83
82
81
80
109
108
107
106
105
102
101
100 STT_ON
99
98 CMP4
97
96 CMP2
95
94 CMP0
43
44
45
48
49

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: F.V.


ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.:

G 3789-1D0/4

SOLID EDGE

+5V

D
MISO
MOSI
SCK
SPI_CS2
SPI_CS3
OUTPUT_ON
DSP_MP
DSP_DS
DSP_PS
DSP_READY

ADCIN0/IO/PA0
ADCIN1/IO/PA1
ADCIN2
ADCIN3
ADCIN4
ADCIN5
ADCIN6
ADCIN7
ADCIN8/IO/PA3
ADCIN9/IO/PA2
ADCIN10
ADCIN11
ADCIN12
ADCIN13
ADCIN14
ADCIN15
TMRCLK/IOPB7
TMDIR/IOPB6
T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5
T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4
T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3
PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2
PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1
PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0
PWM6/CMP6
PWM5/CMP5
PWM4/CMP4
PWM3/CMP3
PWM2/CMP2
PWM1/CMP1
SCIRXD/IO
SCITXD/IO
SPISIMO/IO
SPISOMI/IO
SOICLK/IO

BAV99LT1D102

10.0K

XILINX
XCS20-3PQ208I

R173
10.0K
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
120
22
21
119
144
143
141
142
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
113
109
127
31
30
29
121
28
117
118
27
24
23
116
115
114
111
112
110
108
107
106
105

(1)
(1,2)

R104

FPGA

VCC156
CCLK
SGCK4/DOUT
DIN
IO152
IO151
IO150
IO149
IO148
IO147
IO146
IO145
NC144
GND143
IO142
IO141
NC140
IO139
IO138
IO137
IO136
IO135
IO134
IO133
IO132
GND131
VCC130
IO129
IO128
IO127
IO126
IO125
IO124
IO123
IO122
NC121
IO120
IO119
GND118
IO117
IO116
IO115
IO114
IO113
IO112
NC111
IO110
IO109
PGCK3
IO107
PROGRAM'
VCC

R201
10.0K

+5V

0.1uF

16

AD_DATA10
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA6
AD_DATA5
AD_DATA4
AD_DATA3
AD_DATA2

0.1uF

15

ADDR11
ADDR12
R/W
SPI_CS0
CLK
SPI_CS1

ADDR7
ADDR8
ADDR9
ADDR10

ADDR5
ADDR6

DATA2
DATA1
DATA0
IACK
ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4

DATA10
DATA9
DATA8
DATA7
DATA6
DATA5
DATA4
DATA3

DATA12
DATA11

DATA15
DATA14
DATA13

0.1uF

S1

DSP_D13
DSP_D12
DSP_D11
AD_DATA11

C77 C76 C75

0.1uF

DSP_A0
DSP_D8
DSP_D9
DSP_D15
DSP_D14
DSP_D10

X18

(3)
(3)
(1)

DSP_D6
DSP_D7
DSP_WE
DSP_REN
DSP_A2
DSP_A1

10.0K R252

DSP_D5

(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(1)

DSP_D3
DSP_D4

(3)
(1)
(1)

4.75K

(3)
(3)
(3)

R184

GND1
PGCK1
IO3
IO4
IO5
TDI
TCK
IO8
IO9
IO10
IO11
NC12
GND13
IO14
IO15
TMS
IO17
NC18
IO19
IO20
IO21
IO22
IO23
IO24
GND25
VCC26
IO27
IO28
IO29
IO30
IO31
IO32
NC33
IO34
IO35
IO36
IO37
GND38
NC39
IO40
IO41
IO42
IO43
IO44
IO45
IO46
IO47
IO48
SGCK2
NC1
GND51
MODE

VCC53
NC2
PGCK2
HDC
IO57
IO58
IO59
LDC
IO61
IO62
IO63
IO64
NC65
GND66
IO67
IO68
IO69
IO70
NC71
IO72
IO73
IO74
IO75
IO76
INIT'
VCC78
GND79
IO80
IO81
IO82
IO83
IO84
IO85
NC66
IO87
IO88
IO89
IO90
GND91
NC92
IO93
IO94
IO95
IO96
IO97
IO98
IO99
IO100
IO101
SGCK3
GND103
DONE

+5V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
32
17
15
14
12
13
11
10
16
9
18
8
148
20
19
34
35
25
26
36
147
146
123
122
145
33
124
125
126
48
38
39
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
37
49
50
51
52

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
64
68
63
65
66
69
THERMAL_LED
62
EE_CS
72
MISC1
75
MISC0
71
73
TURN_OFF_N
INT_100
74
I_FLOW_STT
76
DISABLE_455 67
STT_ON
70
FPGA_BAD
77
78
79
MSEL0
80
MSEL1
81
INT_1_3PH
82
83
BMISO
87
BSCK
SPIMOSI
88
86
SPICS3
90
SPICS2
84
85
SPICS1
SPI_SS
89
91
92
93
PSW7
PSW6
94
PSW5
95
PSW4
96
PSW3
97
98
PSW2
PSW1
99
100
PSW0
MSELEN
101
102
103
FPGA_DONE
104

DSP_CLK
SCK7
MISO7
SPI_LATCH7
AD_DATA1
AD_DATA0
DSP_A3
DSP_D0
DSP_D1
DSP_D2

(1)
(1)
(1)

1
2
3
4

C78

0.1uF

AD_CS
SEL_I_ON
DA_CS
SCK3
MOSI_B
MISO3
POT_CS
FAN_CONTROL
FPGA_INT

R221

10.0K

EE_CS
MISO3

C79

208
207
163
162
166
203
202
164
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
206
192
176
175
174
184
185
186
187
188
183
182
189
190
191
167
205
204
201
172
173
171
169
170
168
177
178
179
165
180
193
181
161
160
159
158
157

+5V

RMC
DSP_CLK

+5V

FPGA_CS
CMP0
/AS
/DS

D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
RS
PORESET
XTAL1/CLKIN
XTAL2
ADCSOC/IOPC0
CLKOUT/IOPC1
XF/IOPC2
BIO/IOPC3
CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4
CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5
CAP3/IOPC6
CAP4/IOPC7
DS
PS
READY
MP/MC
RESERVED
WDDIST
SPISTE/IO

20
29
46
59
71
104

0.1uF

0.1uF

XINT3/IO

C100

0.1uF

121
DVDD_1
85
VREFHI
103
DVDD_2
93
DVDD_3
56
OSCBYP
87
VSSA
86

C96 C98

1uF
35V

0.1uF C139

DSP_A13
DSP_A14
DSP_A15
DSP_REN
DSP_WE

DSP_A0
DSP_A1
DSP_A2
DSP_A3
DSP_A4
DSP_A5
DSP_A6
DSP_A7

5
6
132
130
110
111
112
114
115
116
117
118
119
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
4
1

BR
STRB
W/R
IS
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
R/W
WE

C97

1uF
35V

21
DVDD_7
47
DVDD_5
62
DVDD_4
52
PDPINT
53
XINT1
54
XINT2/IO
55

C47

DSP_D0 9
DSP_D1 10
DSP_D2 11
DSP_D3 12
DSP_D4 15
DSP_D5 16
DSP_D6 17
DSP_D7 18
DSP_D8 19
DSP_D9 22
DSP_D10 23
DSP_D11 24
DSP_D12 25
DSP_D13 26
DSP_D14 27
DSP_D15 28
35
DSP_RESET
41
DSP_RESET
CLK_8 58
57
63
DSP_CLK64
65
DSP_BIO 66
67
CAP0
68
CAP1
FET_A 69
FET_B 70
DSP_DS 129
DSP_PS 131
36
DSP_READY
DSP_MP 37
42
50
VPP
51

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)
(1,4)
(1)
(1)

+5V

C81
1uF
35V

(3)

(3)

0.1uF C138

+5V

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-8

G-8

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL
9

N.J.

ITEM PART NO.


1 L11088-D
2 M19436-1
3 S8053-80
4 E2527
5 E3539
6 S24803-1
7 S24804-2

N.J.

9
10

3
PLUG, KEYING PLUG
1
BAR CODE LABEL
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28
C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115
C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127
C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99
S25020-3SMT
68
SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR
C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78
C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59
C131 C123 C1
S14390-173
2
CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP
C136 C135
C86 C7
S25020-2SMT
2
SCAP,0.022uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,
C44 C69
S25020-10SMT
2
SCAP,4700pF,0805,50V,X7R,10%
C118 C116 C128 C130
S25020-5SMT
4
SCAP,22pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,N
C32
S25020-18SMT
1
SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%
S25020-13SMT
7
SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR,
C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C37
C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C17
S25020-4SMT
11
SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,
S24833-1
2
CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP
C56 C34
C126 C143
S25020-14SMT
2
SCAP,330pF,100V
S25025-5SMT
9
SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP
C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C61
C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C46
S25024-2SMT
8
SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP
S25024-8SMT
4
SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP
C66 C62 C65 C63
C119 C110 C49 C54
S25024-10SMT
4
SCAP,22uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%
S13490-179
1
CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP
C45
S13490-182
1
SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE
C13
D68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72
S25040-2SMT
13
SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS
D71 D73 D74
D25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35
S25046-1SMT
19
SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NP
D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D69
S25044-9SMT
7
SDIO,1SMB5920BT3,6.2V,NP
D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D46
S25046-3SMT
4
SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP
D53 D52 D58 D59
S25044-10SMT
3
SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N
D18 D15 D43
S25044-5SMT
9
SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%
D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D16
S25044-4SMT
2
SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N
D10 D11

3
11

2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

N.D.

N.A.

N.J.

27

(6.34)

28
29
30
31
32
33

COMPONENT SIDE

51
52
53
54

REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR

S24671
E3868-4

N.B.

10

REQ'D
DESCRIPTION
1
DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK
1
POTTING TRAY
2
SELF TAPPING SCREW
5.0 oz.
EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN
0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
1
FLASH SOFTWARE
1
CPLD SOFTWARE

34

S25040-5SMT

13

SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITC

D66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103


D104 D105 D106 D107

35

S25049-4SMT

SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA

D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83


LED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6
LED9

36

S25080-2SMT

SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NP

37
38
39
40

S25080-1SMT
S25083-1SMT
S25001-4752SMT
S25001-2211SMT

2
1
8
8

SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP
SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP
SRES,47.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP

41

S25001-1001SMT

33

SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056

42

S25001-1002SMT

57

SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W

43

S25001-4750SMT

28

SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP

44

S25001-4751SMT

15

SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100-

R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210


R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67

45
46
47
48
49
50

S25003-2000SMT
S25001-1501SMT
S25001-7500SMT
S25001-5110SMT
S25001-1004SMT
S25001-2672SMT

2
7
1
2
2
4

SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP
SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR
SRES,1M,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0098
SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10

R132 R133
R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R78
R183
R24 R23
R212 R211
R187 R114 R120 R72

N.F.

N.G.

N.C.

LED7 LED10
E1
R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R57
R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66
R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89
R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56
R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206
R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256
R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186
R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22
R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261
R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221
R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243
R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251
R252 R253 R2
R195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21
R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18
R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36

S25001-3321SMT
S25001-2212SMT
S25001-47R5SMT
S25001-4753SMT

4
6
2
1

SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(AM2
SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP

55

S25001-1003SMT

10

SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM,

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

S25001-1213SMT
S25001-3322SMT
S25001-1000SMT
S25001-2210SMT
S25001-2671SMT
S25001-1502SMT
S25001-6811SMT
S25001-1500SMT

1
3
4
5
1
2
2
2

SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W
SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP

64

S25006-10R0

10

SRES,10,

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

S25050-2SMT
S25051-6SMT
S25050-1SMT
S25051-4SMT
S25051-7SMT
S24020-4
S24020-6
S24020-2
S18248-10
S18248-16
S24020-16
S24020-12
S24020-8
S20353-4SMT
S25065-2SMT
S25070-7SMT
S15000-28SMT
S20353-5
S25082-1SMT
S20353-1SMT
S25067-3SMT
S17900-1SMT
S15128-13SMT
S15128-18SMT
S25069-3SMT
S25069-4SMT
M15101-14SMT
S25068-8SM
S25065-3SMT
S25057-3SMT
M15105-9SMT
S15018-21SMT
S25067-2SMT
S25070-3SMT
S25069-2SMT
S15128-21SMT
S19869-8
S25066-2SMT
S25068-7SMT
S25070-4SMT
S20620-1003
S25040-12SMT
S25020-SMT
S25000-1000SMT
T12702-60
T12702-59
S25049-2SMT
S25001-3320SMT
S25040-6SMT

5
2
9
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
8
5
6
2
2
4
6
6

STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,(500475),N
STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET,
STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23
STRA,2N7002,TR,NP
SICS,IRF7103,NP
CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,10P,MINI,NP
CON,16P,MINI,NP
CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265)
SICS,MAX485ESA,NP
SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT
SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP
SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLER
SICS,AN82527
SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP
SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS
SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8
74HC245, NEW PACKAGE
SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP
SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,T
SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90n
SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP
SICS,MC68332
SICS,MC79L05ABD
SICS,74VHC14,NP
SICS,AD8403ARU10
SICS,7945 (old package)
ICS,MIC4451BM
SICS,ADG409BR
ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44
SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP
SICS,LT1016,COMPARATOR
SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP
SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSPS
SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO
SICS,XCS20,FPGA
RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR
SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS
SCAP,100pF,0805,COG,100V,5%
SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W
DIO,1N5358B
DIO,1N5333B
SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY
SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W
SDIO,BAV70

R123 R128 R129 R179


R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R39
R3 R2
R100
R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208
R207 R106
R70
R63 R65 R233
R62 R44 R52 R30
R59 R48 R102 R197 R45
R109
R117 R125
R127 R130
R196 R198
R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155
R152 R149
Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q14
Q9 Q10
Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q20
Q3 Q2
Q11
J5 J11 J2
J9
J10A J10B
J3
J1
J6 J7
J4
J8
X29
X21
X22
OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI4
X28
Y1
X16
X13 X31
X33
X1
X8 X14 X20
X25
X27
X24
X4
X10 X30
X6 X32
X12
X2 X3
X15
X17
X11
X5 X7
S1
X19
X23
X18
R73 R79 R75 R77
D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101
C15, C18, C22, C25, C27
R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228
DZ3 DZ4
DZ1 DZ2
D76 D77 D114 D115
R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267
D84 D85 D86 D89 D90 D91

(8.09)

BUY AS
N.E.

L11088-1D0
PART NO.

IDENTIFICATION CODE

NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3)
(2 PLACES).
N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING
MATERIAL.
N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867.
N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD.
N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6.
N.G. PROGRAM ITEM 98 WITH ITEM 7.
N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG (ITEM 9) OVER HEADER PIN,
IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW
CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE.
N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH (ITEM 5) PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH
THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED.

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-C
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02

EN-168

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002

NOTE:

OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE)

ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE


MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

"X" INFO.
XM5626

DESIGN INFORMATION
DRAWN BY:

REFERENCE:

F.V.

XE-UF
ENGINEER: T. O'DONNEL
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
DATE: 4-6-99

DRAWING No.:

L 11088-1

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

V350-PRO

G-9

G-9

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

+5V

Machine Control Power Supply


R50

D18
2

10

11

Vref 1

D3
1A
600V

VCC

OUT

VREF

VFB

RT/CT

COMP 1

4
5

CS

GND

J41

10.0

X5

R5

100K

100K

IN

3A
600V

X8

Vfb1

T1

Machine Control
Shut Down
Capacitor

OCI1

CNY17-3
2

D21
1.0A
30V

OV1

C11
33
25V

T1
R8

6.19K

OUT

ADJ

R3

+t

R15

R10

J42

D19

4
R55

.750 Amp

D24

DZ8
18V
3W

Vfb1

+15Volts

Q1
21A
200V

475

C14
0.1
50V

C47
1.0
35V

1.21K
.33W

R52

1.82K

221K

R14

J41

R16

12

R61

Vref 1

R51

R60
G

DC Input (+)

33.2

10.0
10.0

C13
1
200V

33.2
332

R53

R9

D22
1.0A
30V

C39
0.1
50V

C41
100
10V

44.2K

10.0K

+5Volts, .750 Amp


C43
100
10V

T1

R46

10.0K

R27

R2

R4

T1

10.0K

+t
.13
60V

LED2

C12
.0015
2000V

10-55 VDC
Operation

J42
3

6A
200V

47.5

R6

47.5

R7

47.5

47.5

R58

R57

D4
6A
200V

C8
820p
50V

R39

R12

56.2K

5.62K

C45
150p
100V
3W
0.05

C32
10p
100V

J41
3

R11

C7
0.1
50V

C6
4.7
35V

C42

R13

2700p
50V

10.0K

DZ1
24V
3W

R36

30.1

30.1

R35

IN

OCI2

2
G

C27
C26
1
200V

150p
100V

GND

CS

R31

OV2

D20
1.0A
30V

C4
820p
50V

Vfb2

75K

C53
.1

X4

C2
0.1
50V

C3
4.7
35V

Overvoltage
Shutdown

R29

J43

DZ7
18V
3W

R38

R28

56.2K

5.62K

C23
1.0
35V

C25
0.1
50V

C24
4.7
35V

T2

1.21K
.33W

15Volts, .250Amps

12

SPI

C28
10p
100V

249

3W
0.05

J43

R40

3
+t
.13
60V

D16
16A
200V
LED1

C37
100
10V

T2
D13

C36
100
10V

C35
100
10V

C34
0.1
50V

+5Volts, 3 Amps

13

150
.33W

150
.33W

150
.33W

SPI
Vref 2
332

C33
4.7
35V
5

IN

OUT

1A
600V
C5
0.1
50V

C30
1.0
35V

R44

C1
4.7
35V

T2

GND

150
.33W

+5Volts, .100 Amp

OCI3

CNY17-3

CAN

11

+t

C17
4.7
35V

C18
4.7
35V

C21
0.1
50V

R19

10

T2

.24

2.49K
.33W

R21

IN

10

+5Volts, .100 Amp


150
.33W

T2
8

RS232

C20
4.7
35V

C19
4.7
35V

C22
0.1
50V

R23

C29
1.0
35V

R20

.24

GND

R25

T2

OUT

C16

R22

2700p
50V

10.0K

+t

D6
1A
600V

2.49K
.33W

+20Volts
.200 Amps
Gate Drive

8
X2
TL431 REF
6

R18

X6

1.82K

J43

D1

C9
0.1
50V

Vfb2
475K

C46
150p
100V

J43

R24

C10
4.7
35V

J43

D12

1A
600V

+20Volts
.200 Amps
Gate Drive

J43

J43

R17

D7
1A
600V

43.2K

X7

R42

J43

D15

15

44.2K

OV1
D17

DZ4
3.3V
3W

OUT

ADJ

100K
C52
150p

> 55 VDC

D14

D9
1A
600V

X3

IN

R43

5.62K

COMP 1

Q2
21A
200V

R41

gnd_mcps

VFB

R63

DZ3
27V
.5W

VREF
RT/CT

R32
15.0

R33

R1

221K

6
2

15.0K

R56

10.0K

R34

OUT

VCC

R30

R62

Vref 2
C49
.022

D10

D
4

DZ2
27V
.5W

R45

D25

CNY17-3
J42

C31
.0015
2000V

D23
1.0A
30V

J42

gnd_mcps

R37

D2
1A
600V

J42

D8
1A
600V

R64

R26

Operation
30-55 VDC

1.00K

J42

OUT

X9

14

+5V

1.21K
.33W

-15Volts, .100Amp

ADJ

T2

Undervoltage
Detect
<30VDC

R48

C40
1.0
35V

R49

C44
0.1
50V

C38
4.7
35V

T1

OV2

8
X1
TL431 REF

GND

43.2K

J41

DC Input (-)

J43
11

J43

J43
9

J43
1

12

FILENAME: G3631-2D0
GENERAL INFORMATION

LAST NO. USED


R-

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537


MFD ( .022/50V
CAPACITORS =

NOTES :

RESISTORS = Ohms (
DIODES =
1A, 400V

N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE


WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY
NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE
NUMBER.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)


1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)

C-

LABELS

D-

SUPPLY

VOLTAGE NET

POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT


COMMON CONNECTION
FRAME CONNECTION
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION

EN-170

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XB

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: JP\TK


ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

Digital Systems
Digital Power Supply
DATE: 11-30-98 DRAWING No.:

G 3631

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-10

G-10

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY


ITEM

N.G.

PART NUMBER
REQ'D.
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
G3632-D
1
POWER PC BOARD BLANK
M19436-3
1
POTTING TRAY
S8025-80
2
SELF TAPPING SCREW
E2527
115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN
E2861
AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
PART NUMBER
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
N/A
1
PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP
N/A
S25001-1821SMT
2
SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
R14 R20
S25001-5621SMT
3
SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
R12 R28 R45
S25001-1002SMT
6
SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007
R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R56
S25001-5622SMT
2
SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500
R38 R39
S25001-1003SMT
3
SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,
R5 R10 R29
S25001-3320SMT
2
SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W
R41 R53
S25001-2490SMT
1
SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP
R33
S25001-2213SMT
2
SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
R34 R52
S25005-1SMT
2
SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP
R11 R30
S25009-1001SMT
1
SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP
R26
S25001-33R2SMT
2
SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP
R15 R16
S25001-4322SMT
2
SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP
R18 R49
S25001-4422SMT
2
SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP
R42 R51
S25084-1SMT
1
SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP
R50
S25084-2SMT
2
SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP
R17 R24
C1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24
S25024-12SMT
11
SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NP
C33 C38 C3 C6
S25024-2SMT
5
SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP
C23 C29 C30 C40 C47
S25020-4SMT
2
SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,
C4 C8
S25020-5SMT
2
SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR
C16 C42
C2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25
C34 C39 C44 C53
S25020-3SMT
12
SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR
S25020-18SMT
2
SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR,
C28 C32
S25026-1SMT
1
SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C11
S25026-2SMT
5
SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR
C35 C36 C37 C41 C43

1
2
3
4
5

ITEM
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

(3.64)

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

DR

N.A.

(6.14)

N.A.

N.A.
N.B.
N.B.
N.B.
N.A.
N.A.

N.A., N.F.

NOTES:
N.F.

N.E.
55

45

51

56

N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS.


N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3
(TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD
BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's
CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE.
N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO
ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.
N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE
TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51.
N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACEDO NOT GET ON THREADS.
N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN
AREA SHOWN.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76

S25040-2SMT
S25080-1SMT
S25040-3SMT
S25049-2SMT
S25040-13SMT
S25044-13SMT
S25046-5SMT
S25044-12SMT
S25044-5SMT
S25001-1502SMT
S25001-6191SMT
S25040-11SMT
S15128-10SMT
S25071-2SMT
S15000-10
S18104-5
S18380-15
S18380-16
T11577-62
S20375-9
S20375-10
T12704-93
S24020-4
S24020-6
S24020-12
N/A
N/A
S25040-8SMT
S20500-4
S25020-2SMT
S25020-13SMT
S25002-47R5SMT
S25000-10R0SMT
S25002-30R1SMT
S25068-9SMT
S15128-6SMT
S25068-10SMT
S25002-2491SMT
S25002-1211SMT
S25002-1500SMT
S25001-4750SMT
N/A
S25001-4753SMT
S25001-15R0SMT
E1868
S25001-7502SMT
S25068-1SMT

7
2
2
4
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
8
2
2
3
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
4
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
3
5
1
2
1
2
0.002
1
2

SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP
SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP
SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F
SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK
SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V
SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W
SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T
SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR
SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR,
SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR
SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO
SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40
SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP
TRA,CNY17-3,NP
HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP
RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR
RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP
CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP
TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP
TFM,L-5764-3,FLYBACK,NP
TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220,
CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP
SCREW
WASHER
SDIO,MURS360T3,NP
CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP
SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R
SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%
SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP
SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W
SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR
STRA,78M15C,DPACK
STRA,7815C,DPACK
STRA,79M15C,DPACK
SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R
SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP
SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP
SRES,475,1206
SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263
SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W
SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W
THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251
SRES,75K,1206,1%
SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG

D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D25


LED1 LED2
D4 D18
D20 D21 D22 D23
D16
DZ1
DZ2 DZ3
DZ4
DZ7 DZ8
R1
R3
D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D15
X1 X2
X4 X5
OCI1 OCI2 OCI3
Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS
R40
R55
C13 C26
T1
T2
Q1 Q2
J41
J42
J43
N/A
N/A
D19
C12 31
C49
C27 C45 C46 C52
R6 R7 R57 R58
R9 R60 R61
R35 R36
X3
X8
X9
R19 R23
R46 R48 R37
R25 R44 R62 R63 R64
R8
X8 D16 HEATSINKS
R21
R43 R32
Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP
R31
X6 X7

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

BUY AS
G3632-2D0

IDENTIFICATION CODE
PART NO.

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-P

HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL


UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

EN-170

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

NOTE:

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
XB

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: T.K. / F.V .

G3632-1C1

ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY.

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:

SCALE: NONE

DATE: 12-09-99 DRAWING No.:

G 3632-2

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

V350-PRO

G-11

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

G-11

SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-12

G-12

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH
ITEM

G38301

V35
0
SWITCH

R2

R1

J21

N.E., N.F.
R127

R126

7
R92
R107

R14
R13

R3

C18

OCI2

B201

R98

DZ17

DZ4

R21

C12

EYELET DETAIL

DZ9

R93
C15

R44

DZ16

DZ15

R78
C10

DZ2

DZ3

D9

B211
R97

N.C.

Q2
R87

R59
R45

DZ10

Q3

D1

B217

D16
C21

C4

N.J.
(8 PLACES)

R81
R80
R66

D20

C31
R35
R60

C7
R51

R34

C1

NON-COMPONENT
SIDE

R99
R86

R20

B207

R41
R43

B218

R85

C29
R77
R75
R63

R15
R19
C5

D8

R40
R42

B208

X2

.275
.285

MAX.

.105
CRIMP
HEIGHT

C14

R84
R62
R76
R64
R74

R73

R120

R125

T2

T3

R4

R65

R72

C32
R39
R38

R .045

X4

R135

D21

B213

R124

DZ11
R37
C9
OCI3

C3

B203

R83

R122
DZ22
R123
C22

X1

C23

C13
C20

R5

R128

DZ1

DZ23

R49
R48
R50

R33

R6

R129

A1

R68

C11

X3

D14

A2

C2

C24

R46
R47
R134

R32

R82

B216

B212

R53

B204

DZ12

D12

R69
R70
DZ18

DZ19

DZ13

DZ7

R26
C6

D4

R28

N.D.
(16 PLACES)

R67
C28
R61

R79

R22

Q5

Q4

R52

B205

D17
R106

R27

DZ20

R100

DZ5

DZ6

Q1

DZ8

B206

R105
C16

N.B., N.G., N.M.


(5 PLACES)

B202

R101

R133
R130
R29

R8

R9

R131

MANUFACTURED AS:

R132

R57

R10

R56

R55

R12

R7

R36
C8

R31

N.K.
(4 PLACES)

N.K.
(4 PLACES)

R58

R30

TRI1

R11

G3830-1B1

TP1

T1

N.L.

R138
R137

OCI1

R140
R139

CR2
CR1

C25

N.H.
(2 PLACES)

OCI4

N.N.
(2 PLACES)

D18

N.P.

C27
R141

Q6

R109

D19

D7

C30
R142
R143

J20

C26

PART NO.

IDENTIFICATION

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
9

S20500-4
S13490-130
S20500-7
T11577-57
S13490-93
S16668-7
S20500-1
S16668-6
S16668-5

CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX
CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5%
CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10%
CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10%
CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10%
CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5%
CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOX
CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10%
CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%

3
2
4
9

S16668-9
S14293-18
T12705-59
T12199-1

CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5%
RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDO
DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFR
DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V

10

T12702-29

ZENER DIODE, 1W,15V,5% 1N4744A

2
4
1
4
2
1
3
1
1
4
1
16

T12702-4
T12702-40
T12702-19
T12702-45
S24016-8
S24016-4
S15000-22
S15000-29
T12704-75
T12704-73
T12704-69
T14648-5

ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747A


ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735A
ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742A
ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746A
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PIN
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PIN
OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDE
OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V
TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS)
MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS)
TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403
RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQ

4
6
1
1
1
2
1
12

S19400-1503
S19400-3321
S19400-3570
S19400-1500
S19400-4750
S19400-1652
S19400-39R2
S19400-10R0

RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%

4
16

S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%

4
3
14

S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1%
S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%
S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%

2
2
2
2
9

S19400-4752
T12300-79
S19400-3322
S19400-2000
S19400-1001

RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%
RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%

4
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2

S24376-3
S19400-8251
S19400-2001
S16296-5
S13000-46
M19612
T13640-24
S15161-27
S15128-10
S15128-18

RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%
TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR
TRANSFORMER,PCB;
CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURN
MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MM
TRIAC,T220,8A,800V
VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PRECISION,431I
OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074

IDENTIFICATION CODE

J22

B209

REQ'D

C1,C23
C10,C11
C2,C24
C25,C26
C3,C18
C31,C32
C4,C21
C5,C6,C15,C16
C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28
C29,C30
C8,C9,C22
CR1,CR2
D1,D4,D16,D17
D7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19
D20,D21
DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15
DZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23
DZ11,DZ22
DZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20
DZ8
DZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13
J20,J21
J22
OCI1,OCI2,OCI3
OCI4
N.A. Q1
N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5
Q6
R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R10
R124,R125,R126,R127,R130
R131,R132,R133
R11,R12,R30,R31
R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92
R137
R138
R139
R14,R107
R140
R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28
R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106
R29,R83,R122,R141
R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50
R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85
R86,R87,R134,R135
R35,R52,R73,R84
R36,R37,R123
R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59
R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82
R142,R143
R41,R67
R44,R68
R46,R76
R47,R64
R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105
R109,R128,R129
R55,R56,R57,R58
R61,R77
R65,R120
R78,R79
T1
T2,T3
TP1
TRI1
X1,X4
X2,X3

PART NO.
NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD.
N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE
POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS
(16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT
SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE.
N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.
N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.
N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD
ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL.
N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES
AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE.
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING
SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES)
N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05 DIA.
N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT
FOR A DIAMETER OF .50 FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER
HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES).
N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT
PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO
COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND
BASE OF DEVICE.
N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH
ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION
MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS.
N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010 THROUGH
ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS.
N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17 MAX.

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTOR = OHMS

N.A.

ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

PART NO.
G3831-B
M16100-44
S23006
M19612
S24866
T9147-11
T9147-15
E2861

DESCRIPTION
P.C. BOARD BLANK
ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2)
TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209)
CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3)
POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208)
EYELET-FEMALE
EYELET-MALE
SEALANT

QTY
1
2
5
2
2
8
8
5.0oz

MAKE PER E1911


ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS
TEST PER E3817-SW

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

EN-170

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

NOTE:

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: F.V./JB


ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: FULL

INVERTER WELDERS
SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
DATE:5-11-2000 DRAWING No.:

G 3830-1B1

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

V350-PRO

G-13

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

G-13

SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-14

G-14

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY
ITEM

PART NO.

G3656-C

DESCRIPTION

L11166-1

T15176-2

LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH

E3539

ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND

.01 oz

REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR

REQ'D

DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK

FLEX CIRCUIT

FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT


SPECIFICATIONS

N.E.

S25020-3SMT

CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X

C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20

S25020-9SMT

CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG

C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18

S25024-7SMT

CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S

C1

CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN

J37

S18248-10

N.B.

S20496-1SMT

IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU

N.B.

10

S17900-28SMT

IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST

X3

N.B.

11

S17900-8SMT

IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14

X1

LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101

LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4

N.A.

12

T13657-6

N.A.,N.D.

13

S17395-6

LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHT

X5,X6,X7

DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4
DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8

N.A.
N.B.

14

X2

15

S17900-26SMT

IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)

16

S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1

R21,R26

17

S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1

R6,R16

18

S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1

R24

19

S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM

R22,R23,R25

20

S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1

R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14

21

S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1

R27

S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS

R20

S17900-10SMT

X4

23

IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:


CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

3.50

1.90
1.78
12 N.C.

LED5,LED6,LED7

N.A., N.F.
N.A.

.31

LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY

22
N.B.

T13657-12

1.45
N.A.

.50

NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
.12

N.B.
0

.80

GROUND SIDE

CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC


ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

6.14

N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT
BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN
SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED.

6.20
N.A.
6.45

N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME.


DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.
N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

BUY AS:
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)

L11130-2C0

IDENTIFICATION CODE

PART NO.

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-D
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02

EN-168

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002

NOTE:

ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE


MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY:

G3443-1B2

F.V.

XD
ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: FULL

MISCELLANEOUS
SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
DATE: 11-19-99

DRAWING No.:

L 11130-2

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

V350-PRO

G-15

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

G-15

SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-16

G-16

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS
ITEM
1
2
3
4

PART NO.

P.C. BOARD REFERENCE


DESIGNATORS

REQ'D

L11107-B
L11166-1
E3165
E3539

1
1
2
.01 oz.

DESCRIPTION
P.C. BOARD BLANK
FLEX ASSEMBLY
E3165-.25-.35-1.00
ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

N.C.

N.A.
N.B.
N.F.

N.B.

N.B.
2.78

4.38

6.88
N.B.
N.A.
N.A.

N.B.
N.B.
2.30
2.06

N.A.
N.A.
X4

.00

LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4

C12

LED13 LED14 LED15 LED16

J311

J31

R4

C8
S1

R17

C11

LED8 LED7 LED6 LED5

13

T13657-11

14

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

S19400-1002
S19400-1001
S19400-4751
S19400-1212
S19400-1000
S19400-2670
S19400-4750
T13381-16
S17900-8
S17900-26
S17900-28
S17900-10
M15105-7
S20496-1
T13657-11

2
5
2
6
5
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
0

C1
C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27
C7,C9, C26
C10,C21,C22, C25
C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18
C23,C24
J31
J311
LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6,
LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED
12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16
R1, R25
R2,R4,R6,R24,R27
R3,R22
R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14
R17,R18,R19,R23R26
R20
R21
S1,S2
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6,X7
LED 5, LED 8

CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10%
CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%
CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10%
CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%
CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5%
CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN
RED LED
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST
IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)
IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)
IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BI
IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS)
IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS)
IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCU
RED LED

BUY AS:
.16

STATUS INPUT

L11107-2

1
9
3
4
0
2
1
1

C22

C21
R19
R23
R18

C24

C1

S13490-104
S16668-11
S13490-42
S16668-5
S16668-3
S13490-40
S18248-10
S24020-4

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

R21

C23

C25

R26

R24

R25

LED9 LED10 LED11 LED12

N.C.

X5

C26
C2

S2

C10

C5

C13

R22

R14
R9

R2

X6

C3

C27

C4

1.11

C7
R1

X2

C17

C6

X3

R13

R3

C9
R20

R6

X1

R12
X7

R10

C16

C14

R11

C18

R27

C15

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

.00
.18
3

N.D.

L11107-2B0

N.D.

7.58
7.80

GROUND SIDE

IDENTIFICATION CODE
PART NO.

N.B., N.E.

NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LEDs. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH
WITH LED BULB.
N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO
ENCAPSULATION.
N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME
AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR
VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-ST

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02

EN-168

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002

NOTE:

ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE


MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

"X" INFO.
XM5626

DESIGN INFORMATION
DRAWN BY:

REFERENCE:

F.V.

XD
ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

MISCELLANEOUS
SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
DATE: 9-30-99 DRAWING No.:

L 11107-2

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

V350-PRO

G-17

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

G-17

SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-18

G-18

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT


ITEM
1
2
3
4

PART NO.
L11110-A
L11166-1
T15176-1
E3539

REQ'D

PC BOARD REFERENCE
DESIGNATORS

DESCRIPTION

1
1
10
.01 oz.

P.C. BOARD BLANK


FLEX ASSEMBLY
LED SPACER
ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND

FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

N.C.

N.A.

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

6.90

N.D.

1
X2

C6

C2
LED2

R5
C8

S1

C31

C25
R19
R27

C23
R18

R25

C29

R23
R21
R3
R24
C10

C32

R16
R15
R26
C28

R14
C18
R10
C14
R13
C17

R17

R2

C22

X5

X1

LED5

S13490-104
S16668-11
S13490-42
S16668-5
S16668-2
S13490-40
S18248-10
T13657-11
S19400-1002
S19400-1001
S19400-4751
S19366-1
S19400-1501
S19400-1212
S19400-1000
S19400-2670
S19400-4750
T13381-17
S17900-8
S17900-26
S17900-28
S17900-10
M15105-7
S20496-1

1
8
2
5
0
4
1
5
1
2
3
2
1
6
7
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

C1
C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12
C7,C9
C10,C22,C23,C25,C28
C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18
C29,C30,C31,C32
J34
LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5
R1
R2,R4
R3,R24,R25
R5,R7
R6
R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14
R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27
R20
R21,R23
S1
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6

39/20V
0.1/ 50V
1.0/35V
.022/ 50V
47P/100V
2.7/50V
HEADER
RED LED
10.0K 1/4W
1.00K 1/4W
4.75K 1/4W
10K 1/2W TRIMMER
1.50K 1/4W
12.1K 1/4W
100 1/4W
267 1/4W
475 1/4W
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST
IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER
IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER
IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER
IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER
IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER
IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

R7

C15

C30

C11

R11

R9

C4

LED4

C13

R1

N.B.

R12

C1

J34

LED3

C16

C9
X6

C7

MODE SELECT
ARB
R4

X3

C3

X4

C5

R20

R6

LED1

C12

2.10

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

BUY AS:

L11110-1

0
0

N.A., N.E.

N.A.

L11110-1A1

IDENTIFICATION CODE
GROUND SIDE

PART NO.
NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.


N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS,
OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD.
ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED.
N.A.

N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.


ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-MS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02

EN-168

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002

NOTE:

ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE


MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000A

"X" INFO.
XM5626

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY: M.D.

G3443-1B2

ENGINEER:

SUPERSEDING:

XE
APPROVED:

SUBJECT:

MISCELLANEOUS
SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLY

SCALE: FULL

DATE: 2-23-99 DRAWING No.:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

L 11110-1

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

V350-PRO

G-19

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

G-19

SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-20

G-20

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE

N.G.

N.B.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

S25001-7500SMT
S25000-2213SMT
S25000-1001SMT
S25000-3570SMT
S25000-4752SMT
S25003-15R0SMT
S25010-2SMT
S25010-3SMT

1
1
1
1
1
3
2
6

RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1%
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1%
RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE
RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE

45

S25000-4751SMT

11

RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1

46

S25000-1002SMT

10

RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1

47
48
49
50
51
52
53

S25000-2670SMT
S18380-14
S25001-3320SMT
S25001-2210SMT
S25001-1000SMT
S25000-3321SMT
S25000-6811SMT

1
5
2
2
2
5
6

RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS
THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA
RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

S25000-6813SMT
S25000-9092SMT
S25000-2801SMT
S25000-1212SMT
S25000-2002SMT
S25001-6810SMT
S25004-2430SMT
S17900-8SMT
S20496-1SMT
S25068-5SMT
S15128-10SMT
S15018-22SMT
S15018-11SMT
M15458-4SMT
S17900-26SMT
S17900-10SMT
M15105-7SMT
S15128-18SMT
S17900-28SMT

2
2
2
6
2
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1

RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1%
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1%
IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14
IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU
IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP
IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I
IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8
IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS
IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOICIC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)
IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI
IC,SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT
IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D
IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST

R135
R138
R139
R140
R141
R142,R143,R144
R15,R16
R17,R18,R76,R80,R119,
R120
R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28,
R29, R39,R40,R116
R26,R27,R32,R33,R34,
R35,R36,R37,R38,R145
R41
R42,R43,R44,R64,R65
R46,R47
R48,R49
R51,R52
R55,R56,R57,R126,R127
R62,R63,R128,R129,
R130,R131
R66,R67
R68,R69
R70,R71
R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13
R82,R85
R86
R91,R92,R93,R99,R107
X1
X10
X11
X12
X14
X15
X16
X2
X3,X4
X5
X6,X7
X8

ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6

PART NO.
G3709-A
M19436-4
S8025-80
L11166-1
E2527
E3539

REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR

REQ'D
1
1
2
1

DESCRIPTION
P.C. BOARD BLANK
POTTING TRAY
SELF TAPPING SCREW
FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN
.57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS

N.F.

S25020-3SMT

38

CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X

S25020-12SMT

CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,C

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

S25020-5SMT
S13490-184
S25020-7SMT
S25024-2SMT
S25024-5SMT
S25024-9SMT
S25024-7SMT
S25020-6SMT
S25020-2SMT
S25040-1SMT
S25049-2SMT
S25040-5SMT
S25040-2SMT
S25044-1SMT
S25046-4SMT
S25044-4SMT
S25044-6SMT
S25044-3SMT
S18248-10
S24020-12
S15000-25SMT
S25050-1SMT
S25050-2SMT
S25051-2SMT
S25000-2431SMT
S25000-2211SMT
S25000-3322SMT
S25003-2211SMT

2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
4
3
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
1
3

CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X
CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20%
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%,
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%,
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%,
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%,
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%,
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10%
DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21
DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY
DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR
DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB
ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN
OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI
TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM
TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM
TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1%

C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9,
C10,C11,C12,C13,C14,
C15,C16,C17,C18,C19,
C20,C21,C22,C47,C48,
C49,C50,C51,C52,C53,
C54,C55,C56,C57,C58,
C59,C60,C61,C62,C65,
C66,
C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,
C29
C30,C32
C34
C35,C36
C37
C40
C41
C42,C46
C63
C64
D20
D21
D24,D25,D26
D3,D6,D7,D19
DZ1,DZ2,DZ3
DZ10
DZ11
DZ12
DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9
J33
J331
OCI1
Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7
Q6
Q8
R1
R113,R121
R115
R132,R133,R134

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

SHIELD SIDE

NOTES:
N.A. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 6 PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.

N.B.

CAUTION:

THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC

ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 WITH ITEM 3. TIGHTEN ITEM 3 TO


.60 + .05Nm (5.3 + .5 IN-LBS).
N.A.

N.E.

N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALL


N.E.

OF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.

BUY AS:

N.G.

N.E. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED


SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN.

N.F. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.C.

L11109-1A1

2.09

N.G. THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE COMPLETELY COVERED WITH ITEM 5.

IDENTIFICATION CODE

BUY PER E3867

PART NO.

TEST PER E3856-RM

6.59

N.C.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE


MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

Chg. Sheet No.

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002

6-2-2000A

EN-168

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02

NOTE:

ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE


MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

"X" INFO.
XM5626

DESIGN INFORMATION

REFERENCE:

DRAWN BY:

G3443-1B2

M.D.

XC-UF
ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

INVERTER WELDERS

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:

SUPERSEDING:

SCALE: FULL

SPI REMOTE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY


DATE: 3-3-99

DRAWING No.:

L 11109-1

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
3

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

V350-PRO

G-21

G-21

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

6-2-2000
S24761
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
V350-PRO

G-22

G-22

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBER

ITEM
C1,C2,C3,C4
R1,R3
R2,R4

REQ'D
4
2
2

PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX
T14648-20 RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQ
T14648-25 RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ

N.A., N.B.
2.90 +.04

3
ITEM
1
2
3
4

C3

RW5F

M195321

BOXCP4
C1
BOXCP4

T14710

RW5F

1.92

R3

R1

QC1
6

R .045

RW5F

T14710

B40

NOTES:
N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.
N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.

EYELET DETAIL

0
0
.60

QTY
1
1
4
4

COPPER
SIDE

T14710

RW5F

R4

B30

T14710

SNUBBER

B20

.275
.285

.105
CRIMP
HEIGHT

BOXCP4

.55

R2

MAX.

C4

BOXCP4

DESCRIPTION
P.C. BOARD BLANK
TAB TERMINAL
EYELET-FEMALE
EYELET-MALE

B10

B1

C2

PART NO.
M19532-A
T13157-16
T9147-11
T9147-15

1.75

2.90

MANUFACTURED AS:

M19532-1A0

MAKE PER E1911


ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS
TEST PER E3817-SN

3.50 +.04

IDENTIFICATION CODE

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE

MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056

EN-166

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02


ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

NOTE:

Chg. Sheet No.


6-2-2000

"X" INFO.
XM5626
XC-UF

DESIGN INFORMATION
DRAWN BY:
ENGINEER:
APPROVED:

REFERENCE:

F.V.
SUPERSEDING:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:
SUBJECT:
SCALE: NONE

INVERTER WELDERS
SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
DATE: 10-6-99

DRAWING No.:

M 19532-1

Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.

SOLID EDGE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

V350-PRO

SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM

We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as to
additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you.
If you discover new or different Problems or Symptoms that are not covered in the three column troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include the
machines code number and how the problem was resolved.

Thank You,
Technical Services Group
Lincoln Electric Co.
22801 ST. Clair Ave.
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199
FAX 216-481-2309

SVM Number ___________________________


Page Number if necessary__________________
Your Company__________________________
Your Name_____________________________

Please give detailed description below:


___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

SD287 01/99